1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode 12 */ 13 14 #include "vim.h" 15 16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 17 /* 18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode 19 */ 20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 21 22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ 37 38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] 39 40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = 41 { 42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ 43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), 44 NULL, 45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), 46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), 47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), 48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), 49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), 50 NULL, 51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), 52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), 53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), 54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), 55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), 56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), 57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), 58 }; 59 60 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); 61 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 62 static char e_complwin[] = N_("E839: Completion function changed window"); 63 static char e_compldel[] = N_("E840: Completion function deleted text"); 64 #endif 65 66 /* 67 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. 68 */ 69 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; 70 struct compl_S 71 { 72 compl_T *cp_next; 73 compl_T *cp_prev; 74 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ 75 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ 76 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ 77 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when 78 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ 79 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ 80 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ 81 }; 82 83 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ 84 #define FREE_FNAME (2) 85 86 /* 87 * All the current matches are stored in a list. 88 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. 89 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. 90 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during 91 * ins_compl_get_exp(). 92 */ 93 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; 94 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; 95 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; 96 97 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, 98 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ 99 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 100 101 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string 102 * are used. */ 103 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; 104 105 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string 106 in compl_leader */ 107 108 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When 109 FALSE the match was edited or using 110 the longest common string. */ 111 112 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding 113 completions. */ 114 115 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ 116 117 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's 118 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ 119 static int compl_started = FALSE; 120 121 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, 122 * which is not allowed. */ 123 static int compl_busy = FALSE; 124 125 static int compl_matches = 0; 126 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; 127 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; 128 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; 129 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ 130 static pos_T compl_startpos; 131 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts 132 * that is being completed */ 133 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before 134 * completion started */ 135 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; 136 static expand_T compl_xp; 137 138 static int compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; 139 140 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void)); 141 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt)); 142 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c)); 143 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup)); 144 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)); 145 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match)); 146 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase)); 147 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void)); 148 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void)); 149 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void)); 150 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void)); 151 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void)); 152 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus)); 153 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir)); 154 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr)); 155 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void)); 156 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void)); 157 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void)); 158 static int ins_compl_need_restart __ARGS((void)); 159 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void)); 160 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c)); 161 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void)); 162 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void)); 163 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str)); 164 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void)); 165 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c)); 166 static void ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader __ARGS((char_u *ptr_arg)); 167 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag)); 168 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) 169 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list)); 170 static void ins_compl_add_dict __ARGS((dict_T *dict)); 171 #endif 172 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini)); 173 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void)); 174 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void)); 175 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match)); 176 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c)); 177 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c)); 178 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c)); 179 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c)); 180 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c)); 181 static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len)); 182 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 183 184 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 185 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 186 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 187 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 188 189 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready)); 190 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void)); 191 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void)); 192 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int)); 193 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c)); 194 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int)); 195 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c)); 196 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos)); 197 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 198 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void)); 199 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void)); 200 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ 201 #endif 202 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc)); 203 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int)); 204 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void)); 205 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off)); 206 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void)); 207 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 208 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc)); 209 #endif 210 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void)); 211 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col)); 212 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col)); 213 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 214 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void)); 215 #endif 216 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void)); 217 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void)); 218 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void)); 219 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove)); 220 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 221 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void)); 222 #endif 223 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 224 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c)); 225 #endif 226 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState)); 227 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void)); 228 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc)); 229 static void ins_del __ARGS((void)); 230 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p)); 231 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 232 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c)); 233 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int dir)); 234 #endif 235 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) 236 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c)); 237 #endif 238 static void ins_left __ARGS((void)); 239 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c)); 240 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c)); 241 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void)); 242 static void ins_right __ARGS((void)); 243 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void)); 244 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol)); 245 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void)); 246 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol)); 247 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void)); 248 #ifdef FEAT_DND 249 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void)); 250 #endif 251 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void)); 252 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c)); 253 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 254 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void)); 255 #endif 256 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc)); 257 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 258 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c)); 259 #endif 260 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void)); 261 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 262 static char_u *do_insert_char_pre __ARGS((int c)); 263 #endif 264 265 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ 266 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ 267 268 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, 269 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ 270 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ 271 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ 272 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ 273 274 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 275 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ 276 #endif 277 278 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ 279 280 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 281 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ 282 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ 283 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ 284 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ 285 #endif 286 287 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a 288 char. Set when edit() is called. 289 after that arrow_used is used. */ 290 291 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space 292 under the cursor */ 293 294 /* 295 * edit(): Start inserting text. 296 * 297 * "cmdchar" can be: 298 * 'i' normal insert command 299 * 'a' normal append command 300 * 'R' replace command 301 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, 302 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. 303 * 'g' "gI" command. 304 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. 305 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. 306 * 307 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns 308 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. 309 * 310 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). 311 */ 312 int 313 edit(cmdchar, startln, count) 314 int cmdchar; 315 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */ 316 long count; 317 { 318 int c = 0; 319 char_u *ptr; 320 int lastc; 321 int mincol; 322 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; 323 int i; 324 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ 325 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 326 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ 327 #endif 328 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ 329 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 330 int old_topfill = -1; 331 #endif 332 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ 333 int replaceState = REPLACE; 334 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ 335 336 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ 337 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; 338 339 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an 340 * error message */ 341 check_for_delay(TRUE); 342 343 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX 344 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ 345 if (sandbox != 0) 346 { 347 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); 348 return FALSE; 349 } 350 #endif 351 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The 352 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ 353 if (textlock != 0) 354 { 355 EMSG(_(e_secure)); 356 return FALSE; 357 } 358 359 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 360 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ 361 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) 362 { 363 EMSG(_(e_secure)); 364 return FALSE; 365 } 366 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ 367 #endif 368 369 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 370 /* 371 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". 372 */ 373 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 374 { 375 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 376 if (cmdchar == 'R') 377 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; 378 else if (cmdchar == 'V') 379 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; 380 else 381 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; 382 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); 383 # endif 384 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 385 } 386 #endif 387 388 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 389 /* Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State. If 390 * 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing. */ 391 conceal_check_cursur_line(); 392 #endif 393 394 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 395 /* 396 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to 397 * where the paste started. 398 */ 399 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) 400 Insstart = where_paste_started; 401 else 402 #endif 403 { 404 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; 405 if (startln) 406 Insstart.col = 0; 407 } 408 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); 409 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; 410 if (!did_ai) 411 ai_col = 0; 412 413 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) 414 { 415 ResetRedobuff(); 416 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); 417 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 418 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') 419 { 420 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ 421 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); 422 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); 423 } 424 else 425 #endif 426 { 427 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); 428 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ 429 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); 430 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ 431 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ 432 } 433 } 434 435 if (cmdchar == 'R') 436 { 437 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 438 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 439 { 440 beep_flush(); 441 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ 442 State = INSERT; 443 } 444 else 445 #endif 446 State = REPLACE; 447 } 448 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 449 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') 450 { 451 State = VREPLACE; 452 replaceState = VREPLACE; 453 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 454 vr_lines_changed = 1; 455 } 456 #endif 457 else 458 State = INSERT; 459 460 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; 461 462 /* 463 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is 464 * on a TAB or special character. 465 */ 466 curs_columns(TRUE); 467 468 /* 469 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. 470 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the 471 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated 472 * when hitting <Esc>. 473 */ 474 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) 475 State |= LANGMAP; 476 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 477 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); 478 #endif 479 480 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 481 setmouse(); 482 #endif 483 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 484 clear_showcmd(); 485 #endif 486 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 487 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ 488 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); 489 if (revins_on) 490 undisplay_dollar(); 491 revins_chars = 0; 492 revins_legal = 0; 493 revins_scol = -1; 494 #endif 495 496 /* 497 * Handle restarting Insert mode. 498 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with 499 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. 500 */ 501 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) 502 { 503 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 504 /* 505 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for 506 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. 507 */ 508 if (where_paste_started.lnum) 509 arrow_used = FALSE; 510 else 511 #endif 512 arrow_used = TRUE; 513 restart_edit = 0; 514 515 /* 516 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is 517 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not 518 * correct in very rare cases). 519 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual 520 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". 521 */ 522 validate_virtcol(); 523 update_curswant(); 524 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) 525 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) 526 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) 527 { 528 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 529 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 530 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 531 else if (has_mbyte) 532 { 533 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 534 if (ptr[i] == NUL) 535 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; 536 } 537 #endif 538 } 539 ins_at_eol = FALSE; 540 } 541 else 542 arrow_used = FALSE; 543 544 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ 545 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; 546 547 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ 548 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 549 550 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 551 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; 552 #endif 553 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 554 can_cindent = TRUE; 555 #endif 556 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 557 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or 558 * restarting. */ 559 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) 560 foldOpenCursor(); 561 #endif 562 563 /* 564 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. 565 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before 566 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. 567 */ 568 i = 0; 569 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) 570 i = showmode(); 571 572 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) 573 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); 574 575 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 576 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 577 #endif 578 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 579 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ 580 #endif 581 582 /* 583 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be 584 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. 585 */ 586 ptr = get_inserted(); 587 if (ptr == NULL) 588 new_insert_skip = 0; 589 else 590 { 591 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 592 vim_free(ptr); 593 } 594 595 old_indent = 0; 596 597 /* 598 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. 599 */ 600 for (;;) 601 { 602 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 603 if (!revins_legal) 604 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ 605 else 606 revins_legal = 0; 607 #endif 608 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ 609 count = 0; 610 611 if (stop_insert_mode) 612 { 613 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ 614 count = 0; 615 goto doESCkey; 616 } 617 618 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ 619 if (!arrow_used) 620 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 621 622 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a 623 * menu invoked a shell command). */ 624 if (stuff_empty()) 625 { 626 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; 627 if (need_check_timestamps) 628 check_timestamps(FALSE); 629 } 630 631 /* 632 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. 633 */ 634 msg_scroll = FALSE; 635 636 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 637 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to 638 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an 639 * autocommand. */ 640 if (need_mouse_correct) 641 gui_mouse_correct(); 642 #endif 643 644 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 645 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ 646 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) 647 foldOpenCursor(); 648 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ 649 if (!char_avail()) 650 foldCheckClose(); 651 #endif 652 653 /* 654 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in 655 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra 656 * redraw. 657 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting 658 * something. 659 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has 660 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). 661 */ 662 if (curbuf->b_mod_set 663 && curwin->w_p_wrap 664 && !did_backspace 665 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline 666 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 667 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill 668 #endif 669 ) 670 { 671 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; 672 validate_cursor_col(); 673 674 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts 675 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) 676 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so 677 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline 678 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 679 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 680 #endif 681 )) 682 { 683 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 684 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) 685 --curwin->w_topfill; 686 else 687 #endif 688 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 689 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) 690 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); 691 else 692 #endif 693 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); 694 } 695 } 696 697 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ 698 update_topline(); 699 700 did_backspace = FALSE; 701 702 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ 703 704 /* 705 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. 706 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. 707 */ 708 ins_redraw(TRUE); 709 710 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND 711 if (curwin->w_p_scb) 712 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); 713 #endif 714 715 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND 716 if (curwin->w_p_crb) 717 do_check_cursorbind(); 718 #endif 719 update_curswant(); 720 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 721 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 722 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 723 #endif 724 725 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 726 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ 727 #endif 728 729 /* 730 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. 731 */ 732 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */ 733 do 734 { 735 c = safe_vgetc(); 736 } while (c == K_IGNORE); 737 738 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 739 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ 740 did_cursorhold = TRUE; 741 #endif 742 743 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 744 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) 745 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ 746 #endif 747 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 748 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) 749 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ 750 #endif 751 752 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 753 /* 754 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted 755 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is 756 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. 757 */ 758 if (compl_started 759 && pum_wanted() 760 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col 761 && (compl_shown_match == NULL 762 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) 763 { 764 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ 765 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) 766 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col 767 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) 768 continue; 769 770 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ 771 if (!compl_used_match) 772 { 773 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to 774 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and 775 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ 776 if (c == Ctrl_L 777 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 778 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) 779 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) 780 { 781 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); 782 continue; 783 } 784 785 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current 786 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ 787 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) 788 { 789 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 790 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ 791 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); 792 char_u *p; 793 794 if (str != NULL) 795 { 796 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) 797 ins_compl_addleader(PTR2CHAR(p)); 798 vim_free(str); 799 } 800 else 801 #endif 802 ins_compl_addleader(c); 803 continue; 804 } 805 806 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When 807 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ 808 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects 809 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) 810 { 811 ins_compl_delete(); 812 ins_compl_insert(); 813 } 814 } 815 } 816 817 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but 818 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ 819 compl_get_longest = FALSE; 820 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) 821 continue; 822 #endif 823 824 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, 825 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', 826 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ 827 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) 828 { 829 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 830 ins_redraw(FALSE); 831 ++no_mapping; 832 ++allow_keys; 833 c = plain_vgetc(); 834 --no_mapping; 835 --allow_keys; 836 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) 837 { 838 /* it's something else */ 839 vungetc(c); 840 c = Ctrl_BSL; 841 } 842 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) 843 continue; 844 else 845 { 846 if (c == Ctrl_O) 847 { 848 ins_ctrl_o(); 849 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ 850 nomove = TRUE; 851 } 852 count = 0; 853 goto doESCkey; 854 } 855 } 856 857 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 858 c = do_digraph(c); 859 #endif 860 861 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 862 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 863 goto docomplete; 864 #endif 865 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) 866 { 867 ins_ctrl_v(); 868 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ 869 continue; 870 } 871 872 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 873 if (cindent_on() 874 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 875 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 876 # endif 877 ) 878 { 879 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be 880 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. 881 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be 882 * done before inserting the key. */ 883 line_is_white = inindent(0); 884 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) 885 goto force_cindent; 886 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) 887 && stop_arrow() == OK) 888 do_c_expr_indent(); 889 } 890 #endif 891 892 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 893 if (curwin->w_p_rl) 894 switch (c) 895 { 896 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; 897 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; 898 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; 899 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; 900 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; 901 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; 902 } 903 #endif 904 905 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 906 /* 907 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it 908 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these 909 * characters. 910 */ 911 if (ins_start_select(c)) 912 continue; 913 #endif 914 915 /* 916 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. 917 */ 918 switch (c) 919 { 920 case ESC: /* End input mode */ 921 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) 922 break; 923 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ 924 925 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ 926 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 927 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) 928 { 929 /* Close the cmdline window. */ 930 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; 931 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ 932 nomove = TRUE; 933 goto doESCkey; 934 } 935 #endif 936 937 #ifdef UNIX 938 do_intr: 939 #endif 940 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave 941 * Insert mode */ 942 if (goto_im()) 943 { 944 if (got_int) 945 { 946 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ 947 got_int = FALSE; 948 } 949 else 950 vim_beep(); 951 break; 952 } 953 doESCkey: 954 /* 955 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! 956 */ 957 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line 958 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ 959 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 960 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 961 962 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) 963 { 964 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 965 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 966 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, 967 FALSE, curbuf); 968 did_cursorhold = FALSE; 969 #endif 970 return (c == Ctrl_O); 971 } 972 continue; 973 974 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ 975 if (!p_im) 976 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ 977 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); 978 c = Ctrl_O; 979 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ 980 981 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ 982 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 983 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) 984 goto docomplete; 985 #endif 986 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) 987 break; 988 ins_ctrl_o(); 989 990 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 991 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ 992 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) 993 { 994 ins_at_eol = FALSE; 995 nomove = TRUE; 996 } 997 #endif 998 count = 0; 999 goto doESCkey; 1000 1001 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ 1002 case K_KINS: 1003 ins_insert(replaceState); 1004 break; 1005 1006 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ 1007 break; 1008 1009 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF 1010 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */ 1011 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF); 1012 goto doESCkey; 1013 #endif 1014 1015 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ 1016 case K_F1: 1017 case K_XF1: 1018 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); 1019 if (p_im) 1020 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; 1021 goto doESCkey; 1022 1023 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 1024 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ 1025 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ 1026 i = plain_vgetc(); 1027 --no_mapping; 1028 netbeans_keycommand(i); 1029 break; 1030 #endif 1031 1032 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ 1033 case NUL: 1034 case Ctrl_A: 1035 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an 1036 * error. */ 1037 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL 1038 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) 1039 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ 1040 inserted_space = FALSE; 1041 break; 1042 1043 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ 1044 ins_reg(); 1045 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1046 inserted_space = FALSE; 1047 break; 1048 1049 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ 1050 ins_ctrl_g(); 1051 break; 1052 1053 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ 1054 ins_ctrl_hat(); 1055 break; 1056 1057 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1058 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ 1059 if (!p_ari) 1060 goto normalchar; 1061 ins_ctrl_(); 1062 break; 1063 #endif 1064 1065 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ 1066 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) 1067 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 1068 goto docomplete; 1069 #endif 1070 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1071 1072 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ 1073 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1074 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 1075 { 1076 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) 1077 goto docomplete; 1078 break; 1079 } 1080 # endif 1081 ins_shift(c, lastc); 1082 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1083 inserted_space = FALSE; 1084 break; 1085 1086 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ 1087 case K_KDEL: 1088 ins_del(); 1089 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1090 break; 1091 1092 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ 1093 case Ctrl_H: 1094 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); 1095 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1096 break; 1097 1098 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ 1099 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); 1100 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1101 break; 1102 1103 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ 1104 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 1105 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ 1106 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) 1107 goto docomplete; 1108 # endif 1109 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); 1110 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1111 inserted_space = FALSE; 1112 break; 1113 1114 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 1115 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ 1116 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: 1117 case K_LEFTDRAG: 1118 case K_LEFTRELEASE: 1119 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: 1120 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: 1121 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: 1122 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: 1123 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: 1124 case K_RIGHTDRAG: 1125 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: 1126 case K_X1MOUSE: 1127 case K_X1DRAG: 1128 case K_X1RELEASE: 1129 case K_X2MOUSE: 1130 case K_X2DRAG: 1131 case K_X2RELEASE: 1132 ins_mouse(c); 1133 break; 1134 1135 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ 1136 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_DOWN); 1137 break; 1138 1139 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ 1140 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_UP); 1141 break; 1142 1143 case K_MOUSELEFT: /* Scroll wheel left */ 1144 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_LEFT); 1145 break; 1146 1147 case K_MOUSERIGHT: /* Scroll wheel right */ 1148 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_RIGHT); 1149 break; 1150 #endif 1151 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE 1152 case K_TABLINE: 1153 case K_TABMENU: 1154 ins_tabline(c); 1155 break; 1156 #endif 1157 1158 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ 1159 break; 1160 1161 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1162 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ 1163 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1164 did_cursorhold = TRUE; 1165 break; 1166 #endif 1167 1168 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 1169 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was 1170 * cancelled. */ 1171 case K_F4: 1172 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) 1173 goto normalchar; 1174 break; 1175 #endif 1176 1177 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 1178 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: 1179 ins_scroll(); 1180 break; 1181 1182 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: 1183 ins_horscroll(); 1184 break; 1185 #endif 1186 1187 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ 1188 case K_KHOME: 1189 case K_S_HOME: 1190 case K_C_HOME: 1191 ins_home(c); 1192 break; 1193 1194 case K_END: /* <End> */ 1195 case K_KEND: 1196 case K_S_END: 1197 case K_C_END: 1198 ins_end(c); 1199 break; 1200 1201 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ 1202 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 1203 ins_s_left(); 1204 else 1205 ins_left(); 1206 break; 1207 1208 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ 1209 case K_C_LEFT: 1210 ins_s_left(); 1211 break; 1212 1213 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ 1214 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 1215 ins_s_right(); 1216 else 1217 ins_right(); 1218 break; 1219 1220 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ 1221 case K_C_RIGHT: 1222 ins_s_right(); 1223 break; 1224 1225 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ 1226 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1227 if (pum_visible()) 1228 goto docomplete; 1229 #endif 1230 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) 1231 ins_pageup(); 1232 else 1233 ins_up(FALSE); 1234 break; 1235 1236 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ 1237 case K_PAGEUP: 1238 case K_KPAGEUP: 1239 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1240 if (pum_visible()) 1241 goto docomplete; 1242 #endif 1243 ins_pageup(); 1244 break; 1245 1246 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ 1247 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1248 if (pum_visible()) 1249 goto docomplete; 1250 #endif 1251 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) 1252 ins_pagedown(); 1253 else 1254 ins_down(FALSE); 1255 break; 1256 1257 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ 1258 case K_PAGEDOWN: 1259 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 1260 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1261 if (pum_visible()) 1262 goto docomplete; 1263 #endif 1264 ins_pagedown(); 1265 break; 1266 1267 #ifdef FEAT_DND 1268 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ 1269 ins_drop(); 1270 break; 1271 #endif 1272 1273 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ 1274 c = TAB; 1275 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1276 1277 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ 1278 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) 1279 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) 1280 goto docomplete; 1281 #endif 1282 inserted_space = FALSE; 1283 if (ins_tab()) 1284 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ 1285 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1286 break; 1287 1288 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ 1289 c = CAR; 1290 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1291 case CAR: 1292 case NL: 1293 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) 1294 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the 1295 * cursor. */ 1296 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) 1297 { 1298 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ 1299 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); 1300 else /* location list window */ 1301 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); 1302 break; 1303 } 1304 #endif 1305 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 1306 if (cmdwin_type != 0) 1307 { 1308 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ 1309 cmdwin_result = CAR; 1310 goto doESCkey; 1311 } 1312 #endif 1313 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) 1314 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ 1315 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); 1316 inserted_space = FALSE; 1317 break; 1318 1319 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) 1320 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ 1321 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1322 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) 1323 { 1324 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) 1325 goto docomplete; 1326 break; 1327 } 1328 # endif 1329 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 1330 c = ins_digraph(); 1331 if (c == NUL) 1332 break; 1333 # endif 1334 goto normalchar; 1335 #endif 1336 1337 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1338 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ 1339 ins_ctrl_x(); 1340 break; 1341 1342 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ 1343 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) 1344 goto normalchar; 1345 goto docomplete; 1346 1347 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ 1348 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) 1349 goto normalchar; 1350 goto docomplete; 1351 1352 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ 1353 case Ctrl_S: 1354 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) 1355 goto normalchar; 1356 goto docomplete; 1357 #endif 1358 1359 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ 1360 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1361 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 1362 #endif 1363 { 1364 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ 1365 if (p_im) 1366 { 1367 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) 1368 break; 1369 goto doESCkey; 1370 } 1371 goto normalchar; 1372 } 1373 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1374 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1375 1376 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ 1377 case Ctrl_N: 1378 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, 1379 * but it is under other ^X modes */ 1380 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL 1381 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 1382 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) 1383 goto normalchar; 1384 1385 docomplete: 1386 compl_busy = TRUE; 1387 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL) 1388 compl_cont_status = 0; 1389 compl_busy = FALSE; 1390 break; 1391 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 1392 1393 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ 1394 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ 1395 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); 1396 break; 1397 1398 default: 1399 #ifdef UNIX 1400 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ 1401 goto do_intr; 1402 #endif 1403 1404 normalchar: 1405 /* 1406 * Insert a nomal character. 1407 */ 1408 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1409 if (!p_paste) 1410 { 1411 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ 1412 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); 1413 char_u *p; 1414 1415 if (str != NULL) 1416 { 1417 if (*str != NUL && stop_arrow() != FAIL) 1418 { 1419 /* Insert the new value of v:char literally. */ 1420 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) 1421 { 1422 c = PTR2CHAR(p); 1423 if (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) 1424 ins_eol(c); 1425 else 1426 ins_char(c); 1427 } 1428 AppendToRedobuffLit(str, -1); 1429 } 1430 vim_free(str); 1431 c = NUL; 1432 } 1433 1434 /* If the new value is already inserted or an empty string 1435 * then don't insert any character. */ 1436 if (c == NUL) 1437 break; 1438 } 1439 #endif 1440 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 1441 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ 1442 ins_try_si(c); 1443 #endif 1444 1445 if (c == ' ') 1446 { 1447 inserted_space = TRUE; 1448 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 1449 if (inindent(0)) 1450 can_cindent = FALSE; 1451 #endif 1452 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL 1453 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) 1454 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 1455 } 1456 1457 /* Insert a normal character and check for abbreviations on a 1458 * special character. Let CTRL-] expand abbreviations without 1459 * inserting it. */ 1460 if (vim_iswordc(c) || (!echeck_abbr( 1461 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1462 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is 1463 * what check_abbr() expects. */ 1464 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : 1465 #endif 1466 c) && c != Ctrl_RSB)) 1467 { 1468 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); 1469 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1470 revins_legal++; 1471 revins_chars++; 1472 #endif 1473 } 1474 1475 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1476 1477 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1478 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a 1479 * closed fold. */ 1480 foldOpenCursor(); 1481 #endif 1482 break; 1483 } /* end of switch (c) */ 1484 1485 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1486 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ 1487 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) 1488 did_cursorhold = FALSE; 1489 #endif 1490 1491 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ 1492 if (arrow_used) 1493 inserted_space = FALSE; 1494 1495 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 1496 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() 1497 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1498 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 1499 # endif 1500 ) 1501 { 1502 force_cindent: 1503 /* 1504 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. 1505 */ 1506 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) 1507 { 1508 if (stop_arrow() == OK) 1509 /* re-indent the current line */ 1510 do_c_expr_indent(); 1511 } 1512 } 1513 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ 1514 1515 } /* for (;;) */ 1516 /* NOTREACHED */ 1517 } 1518 1519 /* 1520 * Redraw for Insert mode. 1521 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' 1522 * option work correctly. 1523 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up 1524 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). 1525 */ 1526 static void 1527 ins_redraw(ready) 1528 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */ 1529 { 1530 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 1531 linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0; 1532 linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0; 1533 int conceal_update_lines = FALSE; 1534 #endif 1535 1536 if (!char_avail()) 1537 { 1538 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 1539 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is 1540 * visible, the command might delete it. */ 1541 if (ready && ( 1542 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1543 has_cursormovedI() 1544 # endif 1545 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 1546 || 1547 # endif 1548 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 1549 curwin->w_p_cole > 0 1550 # endif 1551 ) 1552 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) 1553 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1554 && !pum_visible() 1555 # endif 1556 ) 1557 { 1558 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1559 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax 1560 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting 1561 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done 1562 * again below, unfortunately. */ 1563 if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) 1564 update_screen(0); 1565 # endif 1566 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1567 if (has_cursormovedI()) 1568 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1569 # endif 1570 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 1571 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0) 1572 { 1573 conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum; 1574 conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1575 conceal_update_lines = TRUE; 1576 } 1577 # endif 1578 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; 1579 } 1580 #endif 1581 if (must_redraw) 1582 update_screen(0); 1583 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) 1584 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ 1585 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 1586 if ((conceal_update_lines 1587 && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line 1588 || conceal_cursor_line(curwin))) 1589 || need_cursor_line_redraw) 1590 { 1591 if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line) 1592 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line); 1593 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0 1594 ? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line); 1595 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW; 1596 } 1597 # endif 1598 showruler(FALSE); 1599 setcursor(); 1600 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ 1601 } 1602 } 1603 1604 /* 1605 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. 1606 */ 1607 static void 1608 ins_ctrl_v() 1609 { 1610 int c; 1611 int did_putchar = FALSE; 1612 1613 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 1614 ins_redraw(FALSE); 1615 1616 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 1617 { 1618 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); 1619 did_putchar = TRUE; 1620 } 1621 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ 1622 1623 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1624 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); 1625 #endif 1626 1627 c = get_literal(); 1628 if (did_putchar) 1629 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start of the next 1630 * line and will not removed by the redraw */ 1631 edit_unputchar(); 1632 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1633 clear_showcmd(); 1634 #endif 1635 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); 1636 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1637 revins_chars++; 1638 revins_legal++; 1639 #endif 1640 } 1641 1642 /* 1643 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. 1644 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. 1645 */ 1646 static int pc_status; 1647 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ 1648 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ 1649 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ 1650 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ 1651 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ 1652 static int pc_attr; 1653 static int pc_row; 1654 static int pc_col; 1655 1656 void 1657 edit_putchar(c, highlight) 1658 int c; 1659 int highlight; 1660 { 1661 int attr; 1662 1663 if (ScreenLines != NULL) 1664 { 1665 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ 1666 validate_cursor(); 1667 if (highlight) 1668 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 1669 else 1670 attr = 0; 1671 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; 1672 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); 1673 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1674 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 1675 #endif 1676 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1677 if (curwin->w_p_rl) 1678 { 1679 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; 1680 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1681 if (has_mbyte) 1682 { 1683 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); 1684 1685 if (fix_col != pc_col) 1686 { 1687 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); 1688 --curwin->w_wcol; 1689 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; 1690 } 1691 } 1692 # endif 1693 } 1694 else 1695 #endif 1696 { 1697 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; 1698 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1699 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) 1700 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; 1701 #endif 1702 } 1703 1704 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ 1705 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1706 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) 1707 #endif 1708 { 1709 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); 1710 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; 1711 } 1712 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); 1713 } 1714 } 1715 1716 /* 1717 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). 1718 */ 1719 void 1720 edit_unputchar() 1721 { 1722 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) 1723 { 1724 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1725 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) 1726 ++curwin->w_wcol; 1727 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) 1728 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); 1729 else 1730 #endif 1731 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); 1732 } 1733 } 1734 1735 /* 1736 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text 1737 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. 1738 */ 1739 void 1740 display_dollar(col) 1741 colnr_T col; 1742 { 1743 colnr_T save_col; 1744 1745 if (!redrawing()) 1746 return; 1747 1748 cursor_off(); 1749 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1750 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 1751 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1752 if (has_mbyte) 1753 { 1754 char_u *p; 1755 1756 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ 1757 p = ml_get_curline(); 1758 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); 1759 } 1760 #endif 1761 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ 1762 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) 1763 { 1764 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); 1765 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; 1766 } 1767 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 1768 } 1769 1770 /* 1771 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position 1772 * in insert mode. 1773 */ 1774 static void 1775 undisplay_dollar() 1776 { 1777 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) 1778 { 1779 dollar_vcol = -1; 1780 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); 1781 } 1782 } 1783 1784 /* 1785 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). 1786 * Keep the cursor on the same character. 1787 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) 1788 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) 1789 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" 1790 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). 1791 */ 1792 void 1793 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes) 1794 int type; 1795 int amount; 1796 int round; 1797 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ 1798 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ 1799 { 1800 int vcol; 1801 int last_vcol; 1802 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ 1803 int new_cursor_col; 1804 int i; 1805 char_u *ptr; 1806 int save_p_list; 1807 int start_col; 1808 colnr_T vc; 1809 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1810 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ 1811 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 1812 1813 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ 1814 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 1815 { 1816 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ 1817 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1818 } 1819 #endif 1820 1821 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ 1822 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; 1823 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; 1824 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); 1825 vcol = vc; 1826 1827 /* 1828 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only 1829 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of 1830 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. 1831 */ 1832 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1833 1834 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ 1835 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1836 beginline(BL_WHITE); 1837 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 1838 1839 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1840 1841 /* 1842 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the 1843 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. 1844 */ 1845 if (new_cursor_col < 0) 1846 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; 1847 1848 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ 1849 start_col = -1; 1850 1851 /* 1852 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. 1853 */ 1854 if (type == INDENT_SET) 1855 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); 1856 else 1857 { 1858 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1859 int save_State = State; 1860 1861 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ 1862 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 1863 State = INSERT; 1864 #endif 1865 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); 1866 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1867 State = save_State; 1868 #endif 1869 } 1870 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 1871 1872 /* 1873 * Try to put cursor on same character. 1874 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, 1875 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first 1876 * non-blank character. 1877 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. 1878 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative 1879 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. 1880 */ 1881 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) 1882 { 1883 /* 1884 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset 1885 * Insstart_col to 0. 1886 */ 1887 if (new_cursor_col == 0) 1888 insstart_less = MAXCOL; 1889 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; 1890 } 1891 else if (!(State & INSERT)) 1892 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1893 else 1894 { 1895 /* 1896 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. 1897 */ 1898 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; 1899 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); 1900 1901 /* 1902 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. 1903 */ 1904 vcol = last_vcol = 0; 1905 new_cursor_col = -1; 1906 ptr = ml_get_curline(); 1907 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) 1908 { 1909 last_vcol = vcol; 1910 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1911 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) 1912 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); 1913 else 1914 #endif 1915 ++new_cursor_col; 1916 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); 1917 } 1918 vcol = last_vcol; 1919 1920 /* 1921 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on 1922 * the right screen column. 1923 */ 1924 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) 1925 { 1926 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; 1927 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; 1928 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); 1929 if (ptr != NULL) 1930 { 1931 new_cursor_col += i; 1932 ptr[i] = NUL; 1933 while (--i >= 0) 1934 ptr[i] = ' '; 1935 ins_str(ptr); 1936 vim_free(ptr); 1937 } 1938 } 1939 1940 /* 1941 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset 1942 * Insstart_col to 0. 1943 */ 1944 insstart_less = MAXCOL; 1945 } 1946 1947 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; 1948 1949 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) 1950 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 1951 else 1952 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; 1953 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 1954 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 1955 1956 /* 1957 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. 1958 */ 1959 if (State & INSERT) 1960 { 1961 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) 1962 { 1963 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) 1964 Insstart.col = 0; 1965 else 1966 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; 1967 } 1968 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) 1969 ai_col = 0; 1970 else 1971 ai_col -= insstart_less; 1972 } 1973 1974 /* 1975 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. 1976 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a 1977 * few characters from the replace stack. 1978 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a 1979 * few NULs onto the replace stack. 1980 */ 1981 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) 1982 { 1983 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) 1984 { 1985 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ 1986 --start_col; 1987 } 1988 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) 1989 { 1990 replace_push(NUL); 1991 if (replaced) 1992 { 1993 replace_push(replaced); 1994 replaced = NUL; 1995 } 1996 ++start_col; 1997 } 1998 } 1999 2000 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 2001 /* 2002 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case 2003 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then 2004 * put it back again the way we wanted it. 2005 */ 2006 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 2007 { 2008 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, 2009 * even if you can't backspace. */ 2010 if (orig_line == NULL) 2011 return; 2012 2013 /* Save new line */ 2014 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); 2015 if (new_line == NULL) 2016 return; 2017 2018 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ 2019 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; 2020 2021 /* Put back original line */ 2022 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); 2023 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; 2024 2025 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ 2026 backspace_until_column(0); 2027 2028 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ 2029 ins_bytes(new_line); 2030 2031 vim_free(new_line); 2032 } 2033 #endif 2034 } 2035 2036 /* 2037 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an 2038 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE 2039 * modes. 2040 */ 2041 void 2042 truncate_spaces(line) 2043 char_u *line; 2044 { 2045 int i; 2046 2047 /* find start of trailing white space */ 2048 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) 2049 { 2050 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 2051 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ 2052 } 2053 line[i + 1] = NUL; 2054 } 2055 2056 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ 2057 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) 2058 /* 2059 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE 2060 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. 2061 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing 2062 * character. 2063 */ 2064 void 2065 backspace_until_column(col) 2066 int col; 2067 { 2068 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) 2069 { 2070 curwin->w_cursor.col--; 2071 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 2072 replace_do_bs(col); 2073 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) 2074 break; 2075 } 2076 } 2077 #endif 2078 2079 /* 2080 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". 2081 * Only matters when there are composing characters. 2082 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. 2083 */ 2084 static int 2085 del_char_after_col(limit_col) 2086 int limit_col UNUSED; 2087 { 2088 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2089 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) 2090 { 2091 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; 2092 2093 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but 2094 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a 2095 * composing character. */ 2096 mb_adjust_cursor(); 2097 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) 2098 { 2099 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); 2100 2101 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ 2102 break; 2103 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; 2104 } 2105 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) 2106 return FALSE; 2107 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); 2108 } 2109 else 2110 #endif 2111 (void)del_char(FALSE); 2112 return TRUE; 2113 } 2114 2115 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) 2116 /* 2117 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. 2118 */ 2119 static void 2120 ins_ctrl_x() 2121 { 2122 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X 2123 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ 2124 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 2125 { 2126 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset 2127 * compl_cont_status */ 2128 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) 2129 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; 2130 else 2131 compl_cont_status = 0; 2132 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ 2133 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; 2134 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); 2135 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 2136 showmode(); 2137 } 2138 } 2139 2140 /* 2141 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. 2142 */ 2143 static int 2144 has_compl_option(dict_opt) 2145 int dict_opt; 2146 { 2147 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL 2148 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 2149 && !curwin->w_p_spell 2150 # endif 2151 ) 2152 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) 2153 { 2154 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 2155 edit_submode = NULL; 2156 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") 2157 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), 2158 hl_attr(HLF_E)); 2159 if (emsg_silent == 0) 2160 { 2161 vim_beep(); 2162 setcursor(); 2163 out_flush(); 2164 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); 2165 } 2166 return FALSE; 2167 } 2168 return TRUE; 2169 } 2170 2171 /* 2172 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? 2173 * This depends on the current mode. 2174 */ 2175 int 2176 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) 2177 int c; 2178 { 2179 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ 2180 if (c == Ctrl_R) 2181 return TRUE; 2182 2183 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ 2184 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) 2185 return TRUE; 2186 2187 switch (ctrl_x_mode) 2188 { 2189 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ 2190 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); 2191 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: 2192 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E 2193 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB 2194 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P 2195 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V 2196 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O 2197 || c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_K || c == 's'); 2198 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: 2199 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); 2200 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: 2201 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2202 case CTRL_X_FILES: 2203 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2204 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: 2205 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2206 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: 2207 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2208 case CTRL_X_TAGS: 2209 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2210 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 2211 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: 2212 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2213 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: 2214 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2215 #endif 2216 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 2217 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N 2218 || c == Ctrl_X); 2219 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 2220 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: 2221 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2222 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 2223 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2224 #endif 2225 case CTRL_X_SPELL: 2226 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2227 } 2228 EMSG(_(e_internal)); 2229 return FALSE; 2230 } 2231 2232 /* 2233 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being 2234 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu 2235 * is visible. 2236 */ 2237 static int 2238 ins_compl_accept_char(c) 2239 int c; 2240 { 2241 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 2242 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ 2243 return vim_isIDc(c); 2244 2245 switch (ctrl_x_mode) 2246 { 2247 case CTRL_X_FILES: 2248 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not 2249 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in 2250 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ 2251 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); 2252 2253 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 2254 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 2255 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any 2256 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ 2257 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); 2258 2259 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: 2260 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ 2261 return vim_isprintc(c); 2262 } 2263 return vim_iswordc(c); 2264 } 2265 2266 /* 2267 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the 2268 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed 2269 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted 2270 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb 2271 */ 2272 int 2273 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags) 2274 char_u *str; 2275 int len; 2276 int icase; 2277 char_u *fname; 2278 int dir; 2279 int flags; 2280 { 2281 char_u *p; 2282 int i, c; 2283 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ 2284 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ 2285 int min_len; 2286 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ 2287 int has_lower = FALSE; 2288 int was_letter = FALSE; 2289 2290 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) 2291 { 2292 /* Infer case of completed part. */ 2293 2294 /* Find actual length of completion. */ 2295 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2296 if (has_mbyte) 2297 { 2298 p = str; 2299 actual_len = 0; 2300 while (*p != NUL) 2301 { 2302 mb_ptr_adv(p); 2303 ++actual_len; 2304 } 2305 } 2306 else 2307 #endif 2308 actual_len = len; 2309 2310 /* Find actual length of original text. */ 2311 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2312 if (has_mbyte) 2313 { 2314 p = compl_orig_text; 2315 actual_compl_length = 0; 2316 while (*p != NUL) 2317 { 2318 mb_ptr_adv(p); 2319 ++actual_compl_length; 2320 } 2321 } 2322 else 2323 #endif 2324 actual_compl_length = compl_length; 2325 2326 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using 2327 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ 2328 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length 2329 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; 2330 2331 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ 2332 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); 2333 if (wca != NULL) 2334 { 2335 p = str; 2336 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) 2337 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2338 if (has_mbyte) 2339 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2340 else 2341 #endif 2342 wca[i] = *(p++); 2343 2344 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ 2345 p = compl_orig_text; 2346 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) 2347 { 2348 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2349 if (has_mbyte) 2350 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2351 else 2352 #endif 2353 c = *(p++); 2354 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) 2355 { 2356 has_lower = TRUE; 2357 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) 2358 { 2359 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ 2360 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) 2361 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); 2362 break; 2363 } 2364 } 2365 } 2366 2367 /* 2368 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to 2369 * upper case. 2370 */ 2371 if (!has_lower) 2372 { 2373 p = compl_orig_text; 2374 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) 2375 { 2376 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2377 if (has_mbyte) 2378 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2379 else 2380 #endif 2381 c = *(p++); 2382 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) 2383 { 2384 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ 2385 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) 2386 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); 2387 break; 2388 } 2389 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); 2390 } 2391 } 2392 2393 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ 2394 p = compl_orig_text; 2395 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) 2396 { 2397 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2398 if (has_mbyte) 2399 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2400 else 2401 #endif 2402 c = *(p++); 2403 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) 2404 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); 2405 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) 2406 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); 2407 } 2408 2409 /* 2410 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. 2411 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than 2412 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay 2413 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. 2414 */ 2415 p = IObuff; 2416 i = 0; 2417 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) 2418 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2419 if (has_mbyte) 2420 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); 2421 else 2422 #endif 2423 *(p++) = wca[i++]; 2424 *p = NUL; 2425 2426 vim_free(wca); 2427 } 2428 2429 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, 2430 flags, FALSE); 2431 } 2432 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); 2433 } 2434 2435 /* 2436 * Add a match to the list of matches. 2437 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return 2438 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, 2439 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. 2440 */ 2441 static int 2442 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup) 2443 char_u *str; 2444 int len; 2445 int icase; 2446 char_u *fname; 2447 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ 2448 int cdir; 2449 int flags; 2450 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */ 2451 { 2452 compl_T *match; 2453 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); 2454 2455 ui_breakcheck(); 2456 if (got_int) 2457 return FAIL; 2458 if (len < 0) 2459 len = (int)STRLEN(str); 2460 2461 /* 2462 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. 2463 */ 2464 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) 2465 { 2466 match = compl_first_match; 2467 do 2468 { 2469 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2470 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 2471 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) 2472 return NOTDONE; 2473 match = match->cp_next; 2474 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); 2475 } 2476 2477 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ 2478 ins_compl_del_pum(); 2479 2480 /* 2481 * Allocate a new match structure. 2482 * Copy the values to the new match structure. 2483 */ 2484 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); 2485 if (match == NULL) 2486 return FAIL; 2487 match->cp_number = -1; 2488 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2489 match->cp_number = 0; 2490 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) 2491 { 2492 vim_free(match); 2493 return FAIL; 2494 } 2495 match->cp_icase = icase; 2496 2497 /* match-fname is: 2498 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. 2499 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. 2500 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ 2501 if (fname != NULL 2502 && compl_curr_match != NULL 2503 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL 2504 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) 2505 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; 2506 else if (fname != NULL) 2507 { 2508 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); 2509 flags |= FREE_FNAME; 2510 } 2511 else 2512 match->cp_fname = NULL; 2513 match->cp_flags = flags; 2514 2515 if (cptext != NULL) 2516 { 2517 int i; 2518 2519 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) 2520 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) 2521 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); 2522 } 2523 2524 /* 2525 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. 2526 */ 2527 if (compl_first_match == NULL) 2528 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; 2529 else if (dir == FORWARD) 2530 { 2531 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; 2532 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; 2533 } 2534 else /* BACKWARD */ 2535 { 2536 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; 2537 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; 2538 } 2539 if (match->cp_next) 2540 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; 2541 if (match->cp_prev) 2542 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; 2543 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ 2544 compl_first_match = match; 2545 compl_curr_match = match; 2546 2547 /* 2548 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. 2549 */ 2550 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) 2551 ins_compl_longest_match(match); 2552 2553 return OK; 2554 } 2555 2556 /* 2557 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering 2558 * match->cp_icase. 2559 */ 2560 static int 2561 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len) 2562 compl_T *match; 2563 char_u *str; 2564 int len; 2565 { 2566 if (match->cp_icase) 2567 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; 2568 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; 2569 } 2570 2571 /* 2572 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". 2573 */ 2574 static void 2575 ins_compl_longest_match(match) 2576 compl_T *match; 2577 { 2578 char_u *p, *s; 2579 int c1, c2; 2580 int had_match; 2581 2582 if (compl_leader == NULL) 2583 { 2584 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ 2585 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); 2586 if (compl_leader != NULL) 2587 { 2588 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); 2589 ins_compl_delete(); 2590 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 2591 ins_redraw(FALSE); 2592 2593 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it 2594 * again after redrawing. */ 2595 if (!had_match) 2596 ins_compl_delete(); 2597 compl_used_match = FALSE; 2598 } 2599 } 2600 else 2601 { 2602 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ 2603 p = compl_leader; 2604 s = match->cp_str; 2605 while (*p != NUL) 2606 { 2607 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2608 if (has_mbyte) 2609 { 2610 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); 2611 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); 2612 } 2613 else 2614 #endif 2615 { 2616 c1 = *p; 2617 c2 = *s; 2618 } 2619 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) 2620 : (c1 != c2)) 2621 break; 2622 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2623 if (has_mbyte) 2624 { 2625 mb_ptr_adv(p); 2626 mb_ptr_adv(s); 2627 } 2628 else 2629 #endif 2630 { 2631 ++p; 2632 ++s; 2633 } 2634 } 2635 2636 if (*p != NUL) 2637 { 2638 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ 2639 *p = NUL; 2640 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); 2641 ins_compl_delete(); 2642 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 2643 ins_redraw(FALSE); 2644 2645 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it 2646 * again after redrawing. */ 2647 if (!had_match) 2648 ins_compl_delete(); 2649 } 2650 2651 compl_used_match = FALSE; 2652 } 2653 } 2654 2655 /* 2656 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. 2657 * Frees matches[]. 2658 */ 2659 static void 2660 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase) 2661 int num_matches; 2662 char_u **matches; 2663 int icase; 2664 { 2665 int i; 2666 int add_r = OK; 2667 int dir = compl_direction; 2668 2669 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) 2670 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, 2671 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) 2672 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 2673 dir = FORWARD; 2674 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); 2675 } 2676 2677 /* Make the completion list cyclic. 2678 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). 2679 */ 2680 static int 2681 ins_compl_make_cyclic() 2682 { 2683 compl_T *match; 2684 int count = 0; 2685 2686 if (compl_first_match != NULL) 2687 { 2688 /* 2689 * Find the end of the list. 2690 */ 2691 match = compl_first_match; 2692 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ 2693 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) 2694 { 2695 match = match->cp_next; 2696 ++count; 2697 } 2698 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; 2699 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; 2700 } 2701 return count; 2702 } 2703 2704 /* 2705 * Start completion for the complete() function. 2706 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). 2707 * "list" is the list of matches. 2708 */ 2709 void 2710 set_completion(startcol, list) 2711 colnr_T startcol; 2712 list_T *list; 2713 { 2714 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ 2715 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) 2716 ins_compl_prep(' '); 2717 ins_compl_clear(); 2718 2719 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 2720 return; 2721 2722 compl_direction = FORWARD; 2723 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) 2724 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 2725 compl_col = startcol; 2726 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; 2727 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ 2728 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); 2729 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, 2730 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) 2731 return; 2732 2733 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */ 2734 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; 2735 2736 ins_compl_add_list(list); 2737 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); 2738 compl_started = TRUE; 2739 compl_used_match = TRUE; 2740 compl_cont_status = 0; 2741 2742 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; 2743 ins_complete(Ctrl_N); 2744 out_flush(); 2745 } 2746 2747 2748 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the 2749 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ 2750 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; 2751 static int compl_match_arraysize; 2752 2753 /* 2754 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. 2755 */ 2756 static void 2757 ins_compl_upd_pum() 2758 { 2759 int h; 2760 2761 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2762 { 2763 h = curwin->w_cline_height; 2764 update_screen(0); 2765 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) 2766 ins_compl_del_pum(); 2767 } 2768 } 2769 2770 /* 2771 * Remove any popup menu. 2772 */ 2773 static void 2774 ins_compl_del_pum() 2775 { 2776 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2777 { 2778 pum_undisplay(); 2779 vim_free(compl_match_array); 2780 compl_match_array = NULL; 2781 } 2782 } 2783 2784 /* 2785 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. 2786 */ 2787 static int 2788 pum_wanted() 2789 { 2790 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ 2791 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) 2792 return FALSE; 2793 2794 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ 2795 if (t_colors < 8 2796 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 2797 && !gui.in_use 2798 #endif 2799 ) 2800 return FALSE; 2801 return TRUE; 2802 } 2803 2804 /* 2805 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. 2806 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". 2807 */ 2808 static int 2809 pum_enough_matches() 2810 { 2811 compl_T *compl; 2812 int i; 2813 2814 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only 2815 * one (ignoring the original text). */ 2816 compl = compl_first_match; 2817 i = 0; 2818 do 2819 { 2820 if (compl == NULL 2821 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) 2822 break; 2823 compl = compl->cp_next; 2824 } while (compl != compl_first_match); 2825 2826 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) 2827 return (i >= 1); 2828 return (i >= 2); 2829 } 2830 2831 /* 2832 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. 2833 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. 2834 */ 2835 void 2836 ins_compl_show_pum() 2837 { 2838 compl_T *compl; 2839 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; 2840 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; 2841 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; 2842 int i; 2843 int cur = -1; 2844 colnr_T col; 2845 int lead_len = 0; 2846 2847 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) 2848 return; 2849 2850 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 2851 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ 2852 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); 2853 #endif 2854 2855 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ 2856 update_screen(0); 2857 2858 if (compl_match_array == NULL) 2859 { 2860 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ 2861 compl_match_arraysize = 0; 2862 compl = compl_first_match; 2863 if (compl_leader != NULL) 2864 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); 2865 do 2866 { 2867 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 2868 && (compl_leader == NULL 2869 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) 2870 ++compl_match_arraysize; 2871 compl = compl->cp_next; 2872 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); 2873 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) 2874 return; 2875 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( 2876 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) 2877 * compl_match_arraysize)); 2878 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2879 { 2880 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first 2881 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ 2882 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2883 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 2884 2885 i = 0; 2886 compl = compl_first_match; 2887 do 2888 { 2889 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 2890 && (compl_leader == NULL 2891 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) 2892 { 2893 if (!shown_match_ok) 2894 { 2895 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) 2896 { 2897 /* This item is the shown match or this is the 2898 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ 2899 compl_shown_match = compl; 2900 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; 2901 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 2902 } 2903 else 2904 /* Remember this displayed match for when the 2905 * shown match is just below it. */ 2906 shown_compl = compl; 2907 cur = i; 2908 } 2909 2910 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) 2911 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = 2912 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; 2913 else 2914 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; 2915 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; 2916 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; 2917 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) 2918 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = 2919 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; 2920 else 2921 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; 2922 } 2923 2924 if (compl == compl_shown_match) 2925 { 2926 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; 2927 2928 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set 2929 * compl_shown_match. */ 2930 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2931 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 2932 2933 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) 2934 { 2935 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the 2936 * previously displayed match. */ 2937 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; 2938 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 2939 } 2940 } 2941 compl = compl->cp_next; 2942 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); 2943 2944 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ 2945 cur = -1; 2946 } 2947 } 2948 else 2949 { 2950 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ 2951 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) 2952 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str 2953 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text 2954 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) 2955 { 2956 cur = i; 2957 break; 2958 } 2959 } 2960 2961 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2962 { 2963 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. 2964 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ 2965 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 2966 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; 2967 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); 2968 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 2969 } 2970 } 2971 2972 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ 2973 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ 2974 2975 /* 2976 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary 2977 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. 2978 */ 2979 static void 2980 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus) 2981 char_u *dict_start; 2982 char_u *pat; 2983 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ 2984 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */ 2985 { 2986 char_u *dict = dict_start; 2987 char_u *ptr; 2988 char_u *buf; 2989 regmatch_T regmatch; 2990 char_u **files; 2991 int count; 2992 int save_p_scs; 2993 int dir = compl_direction; 2994 2995 if (*dict == NUL) 2996 { 2997 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 2998 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use 2999 * "spell". */ 3000 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) 3001 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; 3002 else 3003 #endif 3004 return; 3005 } 3006 3007 buf = alloc(LSIZE); 3008 if (buf == NULL) 3009 return; 3010 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ 3011 3012 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ 3013 save_p_scs = p_scs; 3014 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) 3015 p_scs = FALSE; 3016 3017 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern 3018 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the 3019 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ 3020 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 3021 { 3022 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); 3023 size_t len; 3024 3025 if (pat_esc == NULL) 3026 goto theend; 3027 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; 3028 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); 3029 if (ptr == NULL) 3030 { 3031 vim_free(pat_esc); 3032 goto theend; 3033 } 3034 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); 3035 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); 3036 vim_free(pat_esc); 3037 vim_free(ptr); 3038 } 3039 else 3040 { 3041 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); 3042 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) 3043 goto theend; 3044 } 3045 3046 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ 3047 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); 3048 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) 3049 { 3050 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ 3051 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) 3052 { 3053 count = 1; 3054 files = &dict; 3055 } 3056 else 3057 { 3058 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow 3059 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in 3060 * a modeline). */ 3061 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); 3062 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3063 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) 3064 count = -1; 3065 else 3066 # endif 3067 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL 3068 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, 3069 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) 3070 count = 0; 3071 } 3072 3073 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3074 if (count == -1) 3075 { 3076 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we 3077 * don't use it as a RE. */ 3078 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') 3079 ptr = pat + 2; 3080 else 3081 ptr = pat; 3082 spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); 3083 } 3084 else 3085 # endif 3086 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ 3087 { 3088 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, 3089 ®match, buf, &dir); 3090 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) 3091 FreeWild(count, files); 3092 } 3093 if (flags != 0) 3094 break; 3095 } 3096 3097 theend: 3098 p_scs = save_p_scs; 3099 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); 3100 vim_free(buf); 3101 } 3102 3103 static void 3104 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir) 3105 int count; 3106 char_u **files; 3107 int thesaurus; 3108 int flags; 3109 regmatch_T *regmatch; 3110 char_u *buf; 3111 int *dir; 3112 { 3113 char_u *ptr; 3114 int i; 3115 FILE *fp; 3116 int add_r; 3117 3118 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) 3119 { 3120 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ 3121 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) 3122 { 3123 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, 3124 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); 3125 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); 3126 } 3127 3128 if (fp != NULL) 3129 { 3130 /* 3131 * Read dictionary file line by line. 3132 * Check each line for a match. 3133 */ 3134 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted 3135 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) 3136 { 3137 ptr = buf; 3138 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) 3139 { 3140 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; 3141 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 3142 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); 3143 else 3144 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); 3145 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], 3146 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), 3147 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); 3148 if (thesaurus) 3149 { 3150 char_u *wstart; 3151 3152 /* 3153 * Add the other matches on the line 3154 */ 3155 ptr = buf; 3156 while (!got_int) 3157 { 3158 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white 3159 * space and punctuation. */ 3160 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); 3161 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) 3162 break; 3163 wstart = ptr; 3164 3165 /* Find end of the word. */ 3166 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3167 if (has_mbyte) 3168 /* Japanese words may have characters in 3169 * different classes, only separate words 3170 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ 3171 while (*ptr != NUL) 3172 { 3173 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3174 3175 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3176 break; 3177 ptr += l; 3178 } 3179 else 3180 #endif 3181 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); 3182 3183 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ 3184 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) 3185 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, 3186 (int)(ptr - wstart), 3187 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); 3188 } 3189 } 3190 if (add_r == OK) 3191 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 3192 *dir = FORWARD; 3193 else if (add_r == FAIL) 3194 break; 3195 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end 3196 * of line */ 3197 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) 3198 break; 3199 } 3200 line_breakcheck(); 3201 ins_compl_check_keys(50); 3202 } 3203 fclose(fp); 3204 } 3205 } 3206 } 3207 3208 /* 3209 * Find the start of the next word. 3210 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. 3211 */ 3212 char_u * 3213 find_word_start(ptr) 3214 char_u *ptr; 3215 { 3216 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3217 if (has_mbyte) 3218 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) 3219 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3220 else 3221 #endif 3222 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3223 ++ptr; 3224 return ptr; 3225 } 3226 3227 /* 3228 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. 3229 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. 3230 */ 3231 char_u * 3232 find_word_end(ptr) 3233 char_u *ptr; 3234 { 3235 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3236 int start_class; 3237 3238 if (has_mbyte) 3239 { 3240 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); 3241 if (start_class > 1) 3242 while (*ptr != NUL) 3243 { 3244 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3245 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) 3246 break; 3247 } 3248 } 3249 else 3250 #endif 3251 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3252 ++ptr; 3253 return ptr; 3254 } 3255 3256 /* 3257 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. 3258 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. 3259 */ 3260 static char_u * 3261 find_line_end(ptr) 3262 char_u *ptr; 3263 { 3264 char_u *s; 3265 3266 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); 3267 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) 3268 --s; 3269 return s; 3270 } 3271 3272 /* 3273 * Free the list of completions 3274 */ 3275 static void 3276 ins_compl_free() 3277 { 3278 compl_T *match; 3279 int i; 3280 3281 vim_free(compl_pattern); 3282 compl_pattern = NULL; 3283 vim_free(compl_leader); 3284 compl_leader = NULL; 3285 3286 if (compl_first_match == NULL) 3287 return; 3288 3289 ins_compl_del_pum(); 3290 pum_clear(); 3291 3292 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; 3293 do 3294 { 3295 match = compl_curr_match; 3296 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; 3297 vim_free(match->cp_str); 3298 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ 3299 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) 3300 vim_free(match->cp_fname); 3301 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) 3302 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); 3303 vim_free(match); 3304 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); 3305 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; 3306 compl_shown_match = NULL; 3307 } 3308 3309 static void 3310 ins_compl_clear() 3311 { 3312 compl_cont_status = 0; 3313 compl_started = FALSE; 3314 compl_matches = 0; 3315 vim_free(compl_pattern); 3316 compl_pattern = NULL; 3317 vim_free(compl_leader); 3318 compl_leader = NULL; 3319 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 3320 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 3321 compl_orig_text = NULL; 3322 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3323 } 3324 3325 /* 3326 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. 3327 */ 3328 int 3329 ins_compl_active() 3330 { 3331 return compl_started; 3332 } 3333 3334 /* 3335 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches 3336 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. 3337 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char 3338 * to be got from the user. 3339 */ 3340 static int 3341 ins_compl_bs() 3342 { 3343 char_u *line; 3344 char_u *p; 3345 3346 line = ml_get_curline(); 3347 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; 3348 mb_ptr_back(line, p); 3349 3350 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion 3351 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ 3352 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 3353 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 3354 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0)) 3355 return K_BS; 3356 3357 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish 3358 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ 3359 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length 3360 || ins_compl_need_restart()) 3361 ins_compl_restart(); 3362 3363 vim_free(compl_leader); 3364 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); 3365 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3366 { 3367 ins_compl_new_leader(); 3368 return NUL; 3369 } 3370 return K_BS; 3371 } 3372 3373 /* 3374 * Return TRUE when we need to find matches again, ins_compl_restart() is to 3375 * be called. 3376 */ 3377 static int 3378 ins_compl_need_restart() 3379 { 3380 /* Return TRUE if we didn't complete finding matches or when the 3381 * 'completefunc' returned "always" in the "refresh" dictionary item. */ 3382 return compl_was_interrupted 3383 || ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) 3384 && compl_opt_refresh_always); 3385 } 3386 3387 /* 3388 * Called after changing "compl_leader". 3389 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. 3390 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. 3391 */ 3392 static void 3393 ins_compl_new_leader() 3394 { 3395 ins_compl_del_pum(); 3396 ins_compl_delete(); 3397 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 3398 compl_used_match = FALSE; 3399 3400 if (compl_started) 3401 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); 3402 else 3403 { 3404 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3405 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ 3406 #endif 3407 /* 3408 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display 3409 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to 3410 * avoid that the first match is inserted. 3411 */ 3412 update_screen(0); 3413 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 3414 if (gui.in_use) 3415 { 3416 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ 3417 setcursor(); 3418 out_flush(); 3419 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 3420 } 3421 #endif 3422 compl_restarting = TRUE; 3423 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL) 3424 compl_cont_status = 0; 3425 compl_restarting = FALSE; 3426 } 3427 3428 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; 3429 3430 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ 3431 ins_compl_show_pum(); 3432 3433 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ 3434 if (compl_match_array == NULL) 3435 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3436 } 3437 3438 /* 3439 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to 3440 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. 3441 */ 3442 static int 3443 ins_compl_len() 3444 { 3445 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 3446 3447 if (off < 0) 3448 return 0; 3449 return off; 3450 } 3451 3452 /* 3453 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of 3454 * matches. 3455 */ 3456 static void 3457 ins_compl_addleader(c) 3458 int c; 3459 { 3460 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3461 int cc; 3462 3463 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) 3464 { 3465 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 3466 3467 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); 3468 buf[cc] = NUL; 3469 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); 3470 if (compl_opt_refresh_always) 3471 AppendToRedobuff(buf); 3472 } 3473 else 3474 #endif 3475 { 3476 ins_char(c); 3477 if (compl_opt_refresh_always) 3478 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 3479 } 3480 3481 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ 3482 if (ins_compl_need_restart()) 3483 ins_compl_restart(); 3484 3485 /* When 'always' is set, don't reset compl_leader. While completing, 3486 * cursor doesn't point original position, changing compl_leader would 3487 * break redo. */ 3488 if (!compl_opt_refresh_always) 3489 { 3490 vim_free(compl_leader); 3491 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, 3492 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); 3493 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3494 ins_compl_new_leader(); 3495 } 3496 } 3497 3498 /* 3499 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when 3500 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. 3501 */ 3502 static void 3503 ins_compl_restart() 3504 { 3505 ins_compl_free(); 3506 compl_started = FALSE; 3507 compl_matches = 0; 3508 compl_cont_status = 0; 3509 compl_cont_mode = 0; 3510 } 3511 3512 /* 3513 * Set the first match, the original text. 3514 */ 3515 static void 3516 ins_compl_set_original_text(str) 3517 char_u *str; 3518 { 3519 char_u *p; 3520 3521 /* Replace the original text entry. */ 3522 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ 3523 { 3524 p = vim_strsave(str); 3525 if (p != NULL) 3526 { 3527 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); 3528 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; 3529 } 3530 } 3531 } 3532 3533 /* 3534 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of 3535 * matches. 3536 */ 3537 static void 3538 ins_compl_addfrommatch() 3539 { 3540 char_u *p; 3541 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 3542 int c; 3543 compl_T *cp; 3544 3545 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; 3546 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ 3547 { 3548 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches 3549 * the leader. */ 3550 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 3551 { 3552 p = NULL; 3553 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL 3554 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) 3555 { 3556 if (compl_leader == NULL 3557 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, 3558 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) 3559 { 3560 p = cp->cp_str; 3561 break; 3562 } 3563 } 3564 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) 3565 return; 3566 } 3567 else 3568 return; 3569 } 3570 p += len; 3571 c = PTR2CHAR(p); 3572 ins_compl_addleader(c); 3573 } 3574 3575 /* 3576 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. 3577 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. 3578 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; 3579 */ 3580 static int 3581 ins_compl_prep(c) 3582 int c; 3583 { 3584 char_u *ptr; 3585 int want_cindent; 3586 int retval = FALSE; 3587 3588 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually 3589 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. 3590 */ 3591 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3592 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 3593 3594 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ 3595 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP 3596 || c == K_MOUSELEFT || c == K_MOUSERIGHT) 3597 return retval; 3598 3599 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ 3600 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 3601 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) 3602 { 3603 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL); 3604 compl_used_match = TRUE; 3605 } 3606 3607 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) 3608 { 3609 /* 3610 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode 3611 * it will be yet. Now we decide. 3612 */ 3613 switch (c) 3614 { 3615 case Ctrl_E: 3616 case Ctrl_Y: 3617 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; 3618 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) 3619 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); 3620 else 3621 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); 3622 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 3623 showmode(); 3624 break; 3625 case Ctrl_L: 3626 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; 3627 break; 3628 case Ctrl_F: 3629 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; 3630 break; 3631 case Ctrl_K: 3632 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 3633 break; 3634 case Ctrl_R: 3635 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ 3636 break; 3637 case Ctrl_T: 3638 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; 3639 break; 3640 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 3641 case Ctrl_U: 3642 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; 3643 break; 3644 case Ctrl_O: 3645 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; 3646 break; 3647 #endif 3648 case 's': 3649 case Ctrl_S: 3650 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; 3651 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3652 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ 3653 spell_back_to_badword(); 3654 --emsg_off; 3655 #endif 3656 break; 3657 case Ctrl_RSB: 3658 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; 3659 break; 3660 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 3661 case Ctrl_I: 3662 case K_S_TAB: 3663 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; 3664 break; 3665 case Ctrl_D: 3666 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; 3667 break; 3668 #endif 3669 case Ctrl_V: 3670 case Ctrl_Q: 3671 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; 3672 break; 3673 case Ctrl_P: 3674 case Ctrl_N: 3675 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we 3676 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel 3677 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) 3678 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say 3679 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) 3680 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag 3681 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ 3682 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) 3683 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; 3684 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) 3685 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; 3686 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 3687 default: 3688 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set 3689 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X 3690 * mode). 3691 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible 3692 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same 3693 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). 3694 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start 3695 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. 3696 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING 3697 * mode -- Acevedo */ 3698 if (c == Ctrl_X) 3699 { 3700 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) 3701 compl_cont_status = 0; 3702 else 3703 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; 3704 } 3705 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 3706 edit_submode = NULL; 3707 showmode(); 3708 break; 3709 } 3710 } 3711 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) 3712 { 3713 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ 3714 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3715 { 3716 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) 3717 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 3718 else 3719 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; 3720 edit_submode = NULL; 3721 } 3722 showmode(); 3723 } 3724 3725 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) 3726 { 3727 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably 3728 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to 3729 * showing what mode we are in. */ 3730 showmode(); 3731 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R 3732 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) 3733 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) 3734 { 3735 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and 3736 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up 3737 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ 3738 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) 3739 { 3740 /* 3741 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when 3742 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo 3743 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part 3744 * of the original text that has changed. 3745 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used 3746 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. 3747 */ 3748 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) 3749 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; 3750 else 3751 ptr = NULL; 3752 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr); 3753 } 3754 3755 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3756 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); 3757 #endif 3758 /* 3759 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. 3760 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. 3761 */ 3762 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 3763 { 3764 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3765 /* re-indent the current line */ 3766 if (want_cindent) 3767 { 3768 do_c_expr_indent(); 3769 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ 3770 } 3771 #endif 3772 } 3773 else 3774 { 3775 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 3776 3777 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ 3778 if (prev_col > 0) 3779 dec_cursor(); 3780 if (stop_arrow() == OK) 3781 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); 3782 if (prev_col > 0 3783 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) 3784 inc_cursor(); 3785 } 3786 3787 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting 3788 * the selection without inserting anything. When 3789 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ 3790 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects 3791 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) 3792 && pum_visible()) 3793 retval = TRUE; 3794 3795 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */ 3796 if (c == Ctrl_E) 3797 { 3798 ins_compl_delete(); 3799 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3800 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 3801 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) 3802 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); 3803 retval = TRUE; 3804 } 3805 3806 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 3807 3808 ins_compl_free(); 3809 compl_started = FALSE; 3810 compl_matches = 0; 3811 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ 3812 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 3813 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3814 if (edit_submode != NULL) 3815 { 3816 edit_submode = NULL; 3817 showmode(); 3818 } 3819 3820 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3821 /* 3822 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. 3823 */ 3824 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) 3825 do_c_expr_indent(); 3826 #endif 3827 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3828 /* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act 3829 * upon the completion. */ 3830 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3831 #endif 3832 } 3833 } 3834 3835 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be 3836 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ 3837 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3838 { 3839 compl_cont_status = 0; 3840 compl_cont_mode = 0; 3841 } 3842 3843 return retval; 3844 } 3845 3846 /* 3847 * Fix the redo buffer for the completion leader replacing some of the typed 3848 * text. This inserts backspaces and appends the changed text. 3849 * "ptr" is the known leader text or NUL. 3850 */ 3851 static void 3852 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr_arg) 3853 char_u *ptr_arg; 3854 { 3855 int len; 3856 char_u *p; 3857 char_u *ptr = ptr_arg; 3858 3859 if (ptr == NULL) 3860 { 3861 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3862 ptr = compl_leader; 3863 else 3864 return; /* nothing to do */ 3865 } 3866 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) 3867 { 3868 p = compl_orig_text; 3869 for (len = 0; p[len] != NUL && p[len] == ptr[len]; ++len) 3870 ; 3871 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3872 if (len > 0) 3873 len -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + len); 3874 #endif 3875 for (p += len; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) 3876 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); 3877 } 3878 else 3879 len = 0; 3880 if (ptr != NULL) 3881 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + len, -1); 3882 } 3883 3884 /* 3885 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers 3886 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned 3887 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with 3888 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. 3889 * 3890 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo 3891 */ 3892 static buf_T * 3893 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag) 3894 buf_T *buf; 3895 int flag; 3896 { 3897 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 3898 static win_T *wp; 3899 #endif 3900 3901 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ 3902 { 3903 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 3904 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ 3905 wp = curwin; 3906 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin 3907 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) 3908 ; 3909 buf = wp->w_buffer; 3910 #else 3911 buf = curbuf; 3912 #endif 3913 } 3914 else 3915 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' 3916 * (unlisted buffers) 3917 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ 3918 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf 3919 && ((flag == 'U' 3920 ? buf->b_p_bl 3921 : (!buf->b_p_bl 3922 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) 3923 || buf->b_scanned)) 3924 ; 3925 return buf; 3926 } 3927 3928 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 3929 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base)); 3930 3931 /* 3932 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and 3933 * get matches in "matches". 3934 */ 3935 static void 3936 expand_by_function(type, base) 3937 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ 3938 char_u *base; 3939 { 3940 list_T *matchlist = NULL; 3941 dict_T *matchdict = NULL; 3942 char_u *args[2]; 3943 char_u *funcname; 3944 pos_T pos; 3945 win_T *curwin_save; 3946 buf_T *curbuf_save; 3947 typval_T rettv; 3948 3949 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; 3950 if (*funcname == NUL) 3951 return; 3952 3953 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ 3954 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; 3955 args[1] = base; 3956 3957 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 3958 curwin_save = curwin; 3959 curbuf_save = curbuf; 3960 3961 /* Call a function, which returns a list or dict. */ 3962 if (call_vim_function(funcname, 2, args, FALSE, FALSE, &rettv) == OK) 3963 { 3964 switch (rettv.v_type) 3965 { 3966 case VAR_LIST: 3967 matchlist = rettv.vval.v_list; 3968 break; 3969 case VAR_DICT: 3970 matchdict = rettv.vval.v_dict; 3971 break; 3972 default: 3973 /* TODO: Give error message? */ 3974 clear_tv(&rettv); 3975 break; 3976 } 3977 } 3978 3979 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) 3980 { 3981 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); 3982 goto theend; 3983 } 3984 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ 3985 check_cursor(); 3986 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) 3987 { 3988 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); 3989 goto theend; 3990 } 3991 3992 if (matchlist != NULL) 3993 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); 3994 else if (matchdict != NULL) 3995 ins_compl_add_dict(matchdict); 3996 3997 theend: 3998 if (matchdict != NULL) 3999 dict_unref(matchdict); 4000 if (matchlist != NULL) 4001 list_unref(matchlist); 4002 } 4003 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ 4004 4005 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 4006 /* 4007 * Add completions from a list. 4008 */ 4009 static void 4010 ins_compl_add_list(list) 4011 list_T *list; 4012 { 4013 listitem_T *li; 4014 int dir = compl_direction; 4015 4016 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ 4017 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 4018 { 4019 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) 4020 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 4021 dir = FORWARD; 4022 else if (did_emsg) 4023 break; 4024 } 4025 } 4026 4027 /* 4028 * Add completions from a dict. 4029 */ 4030 static void 4031 ins_compl_add_dict(dict) 4032 dict_T *dict; 4033 { 4034 dictitem_T *di_refresh; 4035 dictitem_T *di_words; 4036 4037 /* Check for optional "refresh" item. */ 4038 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; 4039 di_refresh = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"refresh", 7); 4040 if (di_refresh != NULL && di_refresh->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 4041 { 4042 char_u *v = di_refresh->di_tv.vval.v_string; 4043 4044 if (v != NULL && STRCMP(v, (char_u *)"always") == 0) 4045 compl_opt_refresh_always = TRUE; 4046 } 4047 4048 /* Add completions from a "words" list. */ 4049 di_words = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"words", 5); 4050 if (di_words != NULL && di_words->di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 4051 ins_compl_add_list(di_words->di_tv.vval.v_list); 4052 } 4053 4054 /* 4055 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. 4056 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return 4057 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, 4058 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. 4059 */ 4060 int 4061 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir) 4062 typval_T *tv; 4063 int dir; 4064 { 4065 char_u *word; 4066 int icase = FALSE; 4067 int adup = FALSE; 4068 int aempty = FALSE; 4069 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); 4070 4071 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) 4072 { 4073 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); 4074 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 4075 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); 4076 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 4077 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); 4078 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 4079 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); 4080 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 4081 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); 4082 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) 4083 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); 4084 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) 4085 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); 4086 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty", FALSE) != NULL) 4087 aempty = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty"); 4088 } 4089 else 4090 { 4091 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 4092 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); 4093 } 4094 if (word == NULL || (!aempty && *word == NUL)) 4095 return FAIL; 4096 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); 4097 } 4098 #endif 4099 4100 /* 4101 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". 4102 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction 4103 * compl_direction. 4104 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue 4105 * where we stopped searching before. 4106 * This may return before finding all the matches. 4107 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo 4108 */ 4109 static int 4110 ins_compl_get_exp(ini) 4111 pos_T *ini; 4112 { 4113 static pos_T first_match_pos; 4114 static pos_T last_match_pos; 4115 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ 4116 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a 4117 certain type. */ 4118 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ 4119 4120 pos_T *pos; 4121 char_u **matches; 4122 int save_p_scs; 4123 int save_p_ws; 4124 int save_p_ic; 4125 int i; 4126 int num_matches; 4127 int len; 4128 int found_new_match; 4129 int type = ctrl_x_mode; 4130 char_u *ptr; 4131 char_u *dict = NULL; 4132 int dict_f = 0; 4133 compl_T *old_match; 4134 4135 if (!compl_started) 4136 { 4137 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next) 4138 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; 4139 found_all = FALSE; 4140 ins_buf = curbuf; 4141 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) 4142 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; 4143 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; 4144 } 4145 4146 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ 4147 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; 4148 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ 4149 for (;;) 4150 { 4151 found_new_match = FAIL; 4152 4153 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, 4154 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the 4155 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ 4156 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4157 && (!compl_started || found_all)) 4158 { 4159 found_all = FALSE; 4160 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') 4161 e_cpt++; 4162 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) 4163 { 4164 ins_buf = curbuf; 4165 first_match_pos = *ini; 4166 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ 4167 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) 4168 dec(&first_match_pos); 4169 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; 4170 type = 0; 4171 } 4172 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL 4173 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) 4174 { 4175 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ 4176 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ 4177 { 4178 compl_started = TRUE; 4179 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; 4180 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 4181 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; 4182 type = 0; 4183 } 4184 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ 4185 { 4186 found_all = TRUE; 4187 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) 4188 continue; 4189 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 4190 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; 4191 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; 4192 } 4193 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), 4194 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL 4195 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) 4196 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL 4197 ? ins_buf->b_fname 4198 : ins_buf->b_sfname); 4199 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); 4200 } 4201 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) 4202 break; 4203 else 4204 { 4205 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4206 type = -1; 4207 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') 4208 { 4209 if (*e_cpt == 'k') 4210 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 4211 else 4212 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; 4213 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) 4214 { 4215 dict = e_cpt; 4216 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; 4217 } 4218 } 4219 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 4220 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') 4221 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; 4222 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') 4223 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; 4224 #endif 4225 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') 4226 { 4227 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; 4228 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); 4229 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); 4230 } 4231 else 4232 type = -1; 4233 4234 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ 4235 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); 4236 4237 found_all = TRUE; 4238 if (type == -1) 4239 continue; 4240 } 4241 } 4242 4243 switch (type) 4244 { 4245 case -1: 4246 break; 4247 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 4248 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: 4249 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: 4250 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, 4251 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, 4252 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES 4253 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) 4254 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, 4255 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); 4256 break; 4257 #endif 4258 4259 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: 4260 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: 4261 ins_compl_dictionaries( 4262 dict != NULL ? dict 4263 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS 4264 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL 4265 ? p_tsr 4266 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) 4267 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL 4268 ? p_dict 4269 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), 4270 compl_pattern, 4271 dict != NULL ? dict_f 4272 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); 4273 dict = NULL; 4274 break; 4275 4276 case CTRL_X_TAGS: 4277 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ 4278 save_p_ic = p_ic; 4279 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); 4280 4281 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number 4282 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ 4283 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, 4284 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | 4285 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), 4286 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) 4287 { 4288 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); 4289 } 4290 p_ic = save_p_ic; 4291 break; 4292 4293 case CTRL_X_FILES: 4294 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, 4295 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) 4296 { 4297 4298 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ 4299 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); 4300 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, 4301 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME 4302 TRUE 4303 #else 4304 FALSE 4305 #endif 4306 ); 4307 } 4308 break; 4309 4310 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 4311 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, 4312 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), 4313 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) 4314 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); 4315 break; 4316 4317 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 4318 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: 4319 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 4320 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); 4321 break; 4322 #endif 4323 4324 case CTRL_X_SPELL: 4325 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4326 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, 4327 compl_pattern, &matches); 4328 if (num_matches > 0) 4329 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); 4330 #endif 4331 break; 4332 4333 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ 4334 /* 4335 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here 4336 */ 4337 save_p_scs = p_scs; 4338 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) 4339 p_scs = FALSE; 4340 4341 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the 4342 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this 4343 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set 4344 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ 4345 save_p_ws = p_ws; 4346 if (ins_buf != curbuf) 4347 p_ws = FALSE; 4348 else if (*e_cpt == '.') 4349 p_ws = TRUE; 4350 for (;;) 4351 { 4352 int flags = 0; 4353 4354 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ 4355 4356 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that 4357 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ 4358 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 4359 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) 4360 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, 4361 compl_direction, compl_pattern); 4362 else 4363 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, 4364 compl_direction, 4365 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, 4366 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); 4367 --msg_silent; 4368 if (!compl_started) 4369 { 4370 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ 4371 compl_started = TRUE; 4372 first_match_pos = *pos; 4373 last_match_pos = *pos; 4374 } 4375 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum 4376 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) 4377 found_new_match = FAIL; 4378 if (found_new_match == FAIL) 4379 { 4380 if (ins_buf == curbuf) 4381 found_all = TRUE; 4382 break; 4383 } 4384 4385 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ 4386 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf 4387 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum 4388 && ini->col == pos->col) 4389 continue; 4390 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; 4391 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4392 { 4393 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4394 { 4395 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4396 continue; 4397 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); 4398 if (!p_paste) 4399 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); 4400 } 4401 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 4402 } 4403 else 4404 { 4405 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; 4406 4407 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4408 { 4409 tmp_ptr += compl_length; 4410 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ 4411 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) 4412 continue; 4413 /* Find start of next word. */ 4414 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); 4415 } 4416 /* Find end of this word. */ 4417 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); 4418 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); 4419 4420 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4421 && len == compl_length) 4422 { 4423 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4424 { 4425 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be 4426 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. 4427 * IOSIZE is always greater than 4428 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always 4429 * works -- Acevedo */ 4430 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); 4431 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); 4432 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); 4433 /* Find start of next word. */ 4434 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); 4435 /* Find end of next word. */ 4436 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); 4437 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) 4438 { 4439 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) 4440 { 4441 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') 4442 IObuff[len++] = ' '; 4443 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ 4444 if (p_js 4445 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' 4446 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) 4447 == NULL 4448 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' 4449 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) 4450 IObuff[len++] = ' '; 4451 } 4452 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ 4453 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) 4454 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; 4455 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); 4456 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); 4457 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; 4458 } 4459 IObuff[len] = NUL; 4460 ptr = IObuff; 4461 } 4462 if (len == compl_length) 4463 continue; 4464 } 4465 } 4466 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, 4467 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, 4468 0, flags) != NOTDONE) 4469 { 4470 found_new_match = OK; 4471 break; 4472 } 4473 } 4474 p_scs = save_p_scs; 4475 p_ws = save_p_ws; 4476 } 4477 4478 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of 4479 * expansion added something) */ 4480 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) 4481 found_new_match = OK; 4482 4483 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the 4484 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ 4485 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4486 || found_new_match != FAIL) 4487 { 4488 if (got_int) 4489 break; 4490 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ 4491 if (type != -1) 4492 ins_compl_check_keys(0); 4493 4494 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4495 || compl_interrupted) 4496 break; 4497 compl_started = TRUE; 4498 } 4499 else 4500 { 4501 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ 4502 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) 4503 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; 4504 4505 compl_started = FALSE; 4506 } 4507 } 4508 compl_started = TRUE; 4509 4510 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4511 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ 4512 found_new_match = FAIL; 4513 4514 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ 4515 if (found_new_match == FAIL 4516 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)) 4517 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); 4518 4519 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has 4520 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next 4521 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ 4522 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next 4523 : old_match->cp_prev; 4524 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) 4525 compl_curr_match = old_match; 4526 return i; 4527 } 4528 4529 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ 4530 static void 4531 ins_compl_delete() 4532 { 4533 int i; 4534 4535 /* 4536 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. 4537 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. 4538 */ 4539 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); 4540 backspace_until_column(i); 4541 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 4542 } 4543 4544 /* Insert the new text being completed. */ 4545 static void 4546 ins_compl_insert() 4547 { 4548 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); 4549 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 4550 compl_used_match = FALSE; 4551 else 4552 compl_used_match = TRUE; 4553 } 4554 4555 /* 4556 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. 4557 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to 4558 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there 4559 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when 4560 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing 4561 * through the ones found so far. 4562 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. 4563 * 4564 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use 4565 * compl_shown_match here. 4566 * 4567 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with 4568 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn 4569 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. 4570 */ 4571 static int 4572 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match) 4573 int allow_get_expansion; 4574 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should 4575 be at least 1 */ 4576 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */ 4577 { 4578 int num_matches = -1; 4579 int i; 4580 int todo = count; 4581 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; 4582 int found_end = FALSE; 4583 int advance; 4584 4585 /* When user complete function return -1 for findstart which is next 4586 * time of 'always', compl_shown_match become NULL. */ 4587 if (compl_shown_match == NULL) 4588 return -1; 4589 4590 if (compl_leader != NULL 4591 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) 4592 { 4593 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ 4594 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ 4595 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4596 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4597 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL 4598 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) 4599 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4600 4601 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is 4602 * backward, find the last match. */ 4603 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD 4604 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4605 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4606 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL 4607 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) 4608 { 4609 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4610 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4611 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL 4612 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) 4613 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4614 } 4615 } 4616 4617 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match 4618 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) 4619 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ 4620 ins_compl_delete(); 4621 4622 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, 4623 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ 4624 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; 4625 4626 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ 4627 if (compl_restarting) 4628 { 4629 advance = FALSE; 4630 compl_restarting = FALSE; 4631 } 4632 4633 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap 4634 * around. */ 4635 while (--todo >= 0) 4636 { 4637 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) 4638 { 4639 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4640 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL 4641 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match 4642 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); 4643 } 4644 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD 4645 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) 4646 { 4647 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); 4648 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4649 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); 4650 } 4651 else 4652 { 4653 if (!allow_get_expansion) 4654 { 4655 if (advance) 4656 { 4657 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) 4658 compl_pending -= todo + 1; 4659 else 4660 compl_pending += todo + 1; 4661 } 4662 return -1; 4663 } 4664 4665 if (advance) 4666 { 4667 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) 4668 --compl_pending; 4669 else 4670 ++compl_pending; 4671 } 4672 4673 /* Find matches. */ 4674 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); 4675 4676 /* handle any pending completions */ 4677 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir 4678 && advance) 4679 { 4680 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) 4681 { 4682 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4683 --compl_pending; 4684 } 4685 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) 4686 { 4687 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4688 ++compl_pending; 4689 } 4690 else 4691 break; 4692 } 4693 found_end = FALSE; 4694 } 4695 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 4696 && compl_leader != NULL 4697 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4698 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) 4699 ++todo; 4700 else 4701 /* Remember a matching item. */ 4702 found_compl = compl_shown_match; 4703 4704 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ 4705 if (found_end) 4706 { 4707 if (found_compl != NULL) 4708 { 4709 compl_shown_match = found_compl; 4710 break; 4711 } 4712 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ 4713 } 4714 } 4715 4716 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ 4717 if (insert_match) 4718 { 4719 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) 4720 ins_compl_insert(); 4721 else 4722 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 4723 } 4724 else 4725 compl_used_match = FALSE; 4726 4727 if (!allow_get_expansion) 4728 { 4729 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ 4730 ins_compl_upd_pum(); 4731 4732 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ 4733 update_screen(0); 4734 4735 /* display the updated popup menu */ 4736 ins_compl_show_pum(); 4737 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4738 if (gui.in_use) 4739 { 4740 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ 4741 setcursor(); 4742 out_flush(); 4743 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 4744 } 4745 #endif 4746 4747 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and 4748 * don't want to match ourselves! */ 4749 ins_compl_delete(); 4750 } 4751 4752 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup 4753 * menu is visible. */ 4754 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; 4755 4756 /* 4757 * Show the file name for the match (if any) 4758 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. 4759 */ 4760 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) 4761 { 4762 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); 4763 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; 4764 if (i <= 0) 4765 i = 0; 4766 else 4767 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); 4768 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); 4769 msg(IObuff); 4770 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ 4771 } 4772 4773 return num_matches; 4774 } 4775 4776 /* 4777 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key 4778 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion 4779 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as 4780 * possible. -- webb 4781 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. 4782 */ 4783 void 4784 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency) 4785 int frequency; 4786 { 4787 static int count = 0; 4788 4789 int c; 4790 4791 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test 4792 * scripts */ 4793 if (using_script()) 4794 return; 4795 4796 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ 4797 if (++count < frequency) 4798 return; 4799 count = 0; 4800 4801 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() 4802 * can't do its work correctly. */ 4803 c = vpeekc_any(); 4804 if (c != NUL) 4805 { 4806 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) 4807 { 4808 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ 4809 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); 4810 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), 4811 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN); 4812 } 4813 else 4814 { 4815 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it 4816 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ 4817 c = safe_vgetc(); 4818 if (c != K_IGNORE) 4819 { 4820 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, 4821 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ 4822 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) 4823 compl_interrupted = TRUE; 4824 4825 vungetc(c); 4826 } 4827 } 4828 } 4829 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int) 4830 { 4831 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; 4832 4833 compl_pending = 0; 4834 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE); 4835 } 4836 } 4837 4838 /* 4839 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. 4840 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. 4841 */ 4842 static int 4843 ins_compl_key2dir(c) 4844 int c; 4845 { 4846 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L 4847 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP 4848 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP))) 4849 return BACKWARD; 4850 return FORWARD; 4851 } 4852 4853 /* 4854 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu 4855 * is visible. 4856 */ 4857 static int 4858 ins_compl_pum_key(c) 4859 int c; 4860 { 4861 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP 4862 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN 4863 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); 4864 } 4865 4866 /* 4867 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. 4868 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. 4869 */ 4870 static int 4871 ins_compl_key2count(c) 4872 int c; 4873 { 4874 int h; 4875 4876 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) 4877 { 4878 h = pum_get_height(); 4879 if (h > 3) 4880 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ 4881 return h; 4882 } 4883 return 1; 4884 } 4885 4886 /* 4887 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only 4888 * to change the currently selected completion. 4889 */ 4890 static int 4891 ins_compl_use_match(c) 4892 int c; 4893 { 4894 switch (c) 4895 { 4896 case K_UP: 4897 case K_DOWN: 4898 case K_PAGEDOWN: 4899 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 4900 case K_S_DOWN: 4901 case K_PAGEUP: 4902 case K_KPAGEUP: 4903 case K_S_UP: 4904 return FALSE; 4905 } 4906 return TRUE; 4907 } 4908 4909 /* 4910 * Do Insert mode completion. 4911 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. 4912 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). 4913 */ 4914 static int 4915 ins_complete(c) 4916 int c; 4917 { 4918 char_u *line; 4919 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ 4920 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ 4921 int n; 4922 int save_w_wrow; 4923 4924 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); 4925 if (!compl_started) 4926 { 4927 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ 4928 4929 did_ai = FALSE; 4930 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 4931 did_si = FALSE; 4932 can_si = FALSE; 4933 can_si_back = FALSE; 4934 #endif 4935 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 4936 return FAIL; 4937 4938 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 4939 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 4940 compl_pending = 0; 4941 4942 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from 4943 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word 4944 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if 4945 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it 4946 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL 4947 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of 4948 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ 4949 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT 4950 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) 4951 { 4952 /* 4953 * it is a continued search 4954 */ 4955 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ 4956 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS 4957 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 4958 { 4959 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 4960 { 4961 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the 4962 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar 4963 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't 4964 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ 4965 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); 4966 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 4967 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 4968 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ 4969 } 4970 else 4971 { 4972 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the 4973 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL 4974 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ 4975 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) 4976 { 4977 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; 4978 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( 4979 line + compl_length 4980 + compl_startpos.col) - line); 4981 } 4982 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; 4983 } 4984 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 4985 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we 4986 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ 4987 #define MIN_SPACE 75 4988 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) 4989 { 4990 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; 4991 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); 4992 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; 4993 } 4994 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; 4995 if (compl_length < 1) 4996 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; 4997 } 4998 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4999 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; 5000 else 5001 compl_cont_status = 0; 5002 } 5003 else 5004 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; 5005 5006 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ 5007 { 5008 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; 5009 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ 5010 compl_cont_status = 0; 5011 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; 5012 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; 5013 startcol = (int)curs_col; 5014 compl_col = 0; 5015 } 5016 5017 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ 5018 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) 5019 { 5020 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) 5021 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 5022 { 5023 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) 5024 { 5025 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) 5026 ; 5027 compl_col += ++startcol; 5028 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; 5029 } 5030 if (p_ic) 5031 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, 5032 compl_length, NULL, 0); 5033 else 5034 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, 5035 compl_length); 5036 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5037 return FAIL; 5038 } 5039 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5040 { 5041 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; 5042 5043 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ 5044 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, 5045 compl_length) + 2); 5046 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5047 return FAIL; 5048 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) 5049 || (compl_col > 0 5050 && ( 5051 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5052 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) 5053 #else 5054 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) 5055 #endif 5056 ))) 5057 prefix = (char_u *)""; 5058 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); 5059 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), 5060 line + compl_col, compl_length); 5061 } 5062 else if (--startcol < 0 || 5063 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5064 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) 5065 #else 5066 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) 5067 #endif 5068 ) 5069 { 5070 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ 5071 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); 5072 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5073 return FAIL; 5074 compl_col += curs_col; 5075 compl_length = 0; 5076 } 5077 else 5078 { 5079 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5080 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character 5081 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ 5082 if (has_mbyte) 5083 { 5084 int base_class; 5085 int head_off; 5086 5087 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); 5088 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); 5089 while (--startcol >= 0) 5090 { 5091 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); 5092 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol 5093 - head_off)) 5094 break; 5095 startcol -= head_off; 5096 } 5097 } 5098 else 5099 #endif 5100 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) 5101 ; 5102 compl_col += ++startcol; 5103 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; 5104 if (compl_length == 1) 5105 { 5106 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb 5107 * there's no need to call quote_meta, 5108 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo 5109 */ 5110 compl_pattern = alloc(7); 5111 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5112 return FAIL; 5113 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); 5114 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); 5115 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); 5116 } 5117 else 5118 { 5119 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, 5120 compl_length) + 2); 5121 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5122 return FAIL; 5123 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); 5124 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 5125 compl_length); 5126 } 5127 } 5128 } 5129 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 5130 { 5131 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); 5132 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; 5133 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ 5134 compl_length = 0; 5135 if (p_ic) 5136 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, 5137 NULL, 0); 5138 else 5139 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5140 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5141 return FAIL; 5142 } 5143 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) 5144 { 5145 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol])) 5146 ; 5147 compl_col += ++startcol; 5148 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; 5149 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, 5150 EXPAND_FILES); 5151 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5152 return FAIL; 5153 } 5154 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 5155 { 5156 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); 5157 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5158 return FAIL; 5159 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, 5160 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col); 5161 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL 5162 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) 5163 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a 5164 * "pattern not found" message. */ 5165 compl_col = curs_col; 5166 else 5167 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); 5168 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; 5169 } 5170 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) 5171 { 5172 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 5173 /* 5174 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" 5175 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. 5176 */ 5177 char_u *args[2]; 5178 int col; 5179 char_u *funcname; 5180 pos_T pos; 5181 win_T *curwin_save; 5182 buf_T *curbuf_save; 5183 5184 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a 5185 * string */ 5186 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION 5187 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; 5188 if (*funcname == NUL) 5189 { 5190 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION 5191 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); 5192 return FAIL; 5193 } 5194 5195 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; 5196 args[1] = NULL; 5197 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 5198 curwin_save = curwin; 5199 curbuf_save = curbuf; 5200 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); 5201 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) 5202 { 5203 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); 5204 return FAIL; 5205 } 5206 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ 5207 check_cursor(); 5208 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) 5209 { 5210 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); 5211 return FAIL; 5212 } 5213 5214 /* Return value -2 means the user complete function wants to 5215 * cancel the complete without an error. 5216 * Return value -3 does the same as -2 and leaves CTRL-X mode.*/ 5217 if (col == -2) 5218 return FAIL; 5219 if (col == -3) 5220 { 5221 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 5222 edit_submode = NULL; 5223 msg_clr_cmdline(); 5224 return FAIL; 5225 } 5226 5227 /* 5228 * Reset extended parameters of completion, when start new 5229 * completion. 5230 */ 5231 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; 5232 5233 if (col < 0) 5234 col = curs_col; 5235 compl_col = col; 5236 if (compl_col > curs_col) 5237 compl_col = curs_col; 5238 5239 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, 5240 * it may have become invalid. */ 5241 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 5242 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; 5243 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5244 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5245 #endif 5246 return FAIL; 5247 } 5248 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) 5249 { 5250 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 5251 if (spell_bad_len > 0) 5252 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; 5253 else 5254 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); 5255 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) 5256 { 5257 compl_length = 0; 5258 compl_col = curs_col; 5259 } 5260 else 5261 { 5262 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); 5263 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; 5264 } 5265 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ 5266 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 5267 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5268 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5269 #endif 5270 return FAIL; 5271 } 5272 else 5273 { 5274 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()"); 5275 return FAIL; 5276 } 5277 5278 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5279 { 5280 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); 5281 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 5282 { 5283 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ 5284 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5285 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; 5286 5287 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; 5288 #endif 5289 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 5290 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 5291 ins_eol('\r'); 5292 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5293 curbuf->b_p_com = old; 5294 #endif 5295 compl_length = 0; 5296 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5297 } 5298 } 5299 else 5300 { 5301 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 5302 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 5303 } 5304 5305 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) 5306 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); 5307 else 5308 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); 5309 5310 /* If any of the original typed text has been changed we need to fix 5311 * the redo buffer. */ 5312 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(NULL); 5313 5314 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ 5315 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 5316 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5317 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, 5318 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) 5319 { 5320 vim_free(compl_pattern); 5321 compl_pattern = NULL; 5322 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 5323 compl_orig_text = NULL; 5324 return FAIL; 5325 } 5326 5327 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must 5328 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no 5329 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. 5330 */ 5331 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); 5332 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5333 showmode(); 5334 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 5335 out_flush(); 5336 } 5337 5338 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; 5339 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; 5340 5341 /* 5342 * Find next match (and following matches). 5343 */ 5344 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; 5345 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c)); 5346 5347 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ 5348 ins_compl_upd_pum(); 5349 5350 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ 5351 compl_matches = n; 5352 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; 5353 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; 5354 5355 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert 5356 * mode. */ 5357 if (got_int && !global_busy) 5358 { 5359 (void)vgetc(); 5360 got_int = FALSE; 5361 } 5362 5363 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ 5364 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) 5365 { 5366 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5367 && compl_length > 1 5368 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); 5369 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; 5370 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, 5371 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used 5372 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word 5373 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ 5374 if ( compl_length > 1 5375 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5376 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 5377 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS 5378 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) 5379 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; 5380 } 5381 5382 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) 5383 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; 5384 else 5385 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; 5386 5387 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) 5388 { 5389 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 5390 { 5391 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); 5392 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; 5393 } 5394 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) 5395 { 5396 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); 5397 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5398 } 5399 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) 5400 { 5401 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); 5402 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5403 } 5404 else 5405 { 5406 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ 5407 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) 5408 { 5409 int number = 0; 5410 compl_T *match; 5411 5412 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) 5413 { 5414 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. 5415 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop 5416 * cycle, so it's fast! */ 5417 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL 5418 && match != compl_first_match; 5419 match = match->cp_prev) 5420 if (match->cp_number != -1) 5421 { 5422 number = match->cp_number; 5423 break; 5424 } 5425 if (match != NULL) 5426 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned 5427 * yet */ 5428 for (match = match->cp_next; 5429 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; 5430 match = match->cp_next) 5431 match->cp_number = ++number; 5432 } 5433 else /* BACKWARD */ 5434 { 5435 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) 5436 * number. This should normally succeed already at the 5437 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ 5438 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL 5439 && match != compl_first_match; 5440 match = match->cp_next) 5441 if (match->cp_number != -1) 5442 { 5443 number = match->cp_number; 5444 break; 5445 } 5446 if (match != NULL) 5447 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not 5448 * assigned yet */ 5449 for (match = match->cp_prev; match 5450 && match->cp_number == -1; 5451 match = match->cp_prev) 5452 match->cp_number = ++number; 5453 } 5454 } 5455 5456 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is 5457 * just a safety check. */ 5458 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) 5459 { 5460 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. 5461 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ 5462 static char_u match_ref[81]; 5463 5464 if (compl_matches > 0) 5465 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), 5466 _("match %d of %d"), 5467 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); 5468 else 5469 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), 5470 _("match %d"), 5471 compl_curr_match->cp_number); 5472 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; 5473 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; 5474 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) 5475 curs_columns(FALSE); 5476 } 5477 } 5478 } 5479 5480 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ 5481 showmode(); 5482 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 5483 { 5484 if (!p_smd) 5485 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, 5486 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT 5487 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); 5488 } 5489 else 5490 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ 5491 5492 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ 5493 if (!compl_interrupted) 5494 { 5495 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ 5496 n = RedrawingDisabled; 5497 RedrawingDisabled = 0; 5498 5499 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */ 5500 setcursor(); 5501 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow) 5502 ins_compl_del_pum(); 5503 5504 ins_compl_show_pum(); 5505 setcursor(); 5506 RedrawingDisabled = n; 5507 } 5508 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; 5509 compl_interrupted = FALSE; 5510 5511 return OK; 5512 } 5513 5514 /* 5515 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. 5516 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with 5517 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. 5518 * Returns the length (needed) of dest 5519 */ 5520 static unsigned 5521 quote_meta(dest, src, len) 5522 char_u *dest; 5523 char_u *src; 5524 int len; 5525 { 5526 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ 5527 5528 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) 5529 { 5530 switch (*src) 5531 { 5532 case '.': 5533 case '*': 5534 case '[': 5535 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY 5536 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 5537 break; 5538 case '~': 5539 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ 5540 break; 5541 case '\\': 5542 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY 5543 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 5544 break; 5545 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ 5546 case '$': 5547 m++; 5548 if (dest != NULL) 5549 *dest++ = '\\'; 5550 break; 5551 } 5552 if (dest != NULL) 5553 *dest++ = *src; 5554 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5555 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ 5556 if (has_mbyte) 5557 { 5558 int i, mb_len; 5559 5560 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; 5561 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) 5562 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) 5563 { 5564 --len; 5565 ++src; 5566 if (dest != NULL) 5567 *dest++ = *src; 5568 } 5569 } 5570 # endif 5571 } 5572 if (dest != NULL) 5573 *dest = NUL; 5574 5575 return m; 5576 } 5577 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 5578 5579 /* 5580 * Next character is interpreted literally. 5581 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. 5582 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). 5583 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. 5584 */ 5585 int 5586 get_literal() 5587 { 5588 int cc; 5589 int nc; 5590 int i; 5591 int hex = FALSE; 5592 int octal = FALSE; 5593 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5594 int unicode = 0; 5595 #endif 5596 5597 if (got_int) 5598 return Ctrl_C; 5599 5600 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5601 /* 5602 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. 5603 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would 5604 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be 5605 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb 5606 */ 5607 if (gui.in_use) 5608 ++allow_keys; 5609 #endif 5610 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 5611 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 5612 #endif 5613 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ 5614 cc = 0; 5615 i = 0; 5616 for (;;) 5617 { 5618 nc = plain_vgetc(); 5619 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 5620 if (!(State & CMDLINE) 5621 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5622 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 5623 # endif 5624 ) 5625 add_to_showcmd(nc); 5626 #endif 5627 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') 5628 hex = TRUE; 5629 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') 5630 octal = TRUE; 5631 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5632 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') 5633 unicode = nc; 5634 #endif 5635 else 5636 { 5637 if (hex 5638 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5639 || unicode != 0 5640 #endif 5641 ) 5642 { 5643 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) 5644 break; 5645 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); 5646 } 5647 else if (octal) 5648 { 5649 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') 5650 break; 5651 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; 5652 } 5653 else 5654 { 5655 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) 5656 break; 5657 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; 5658 } 5659 5660 ++i; 5661 } 5662 5663 if (cc > 255 5664 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5665 && unicode == 0 5666 #endif 5667 ) 5668 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ 5669 nc = 0; 5670 5671 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ 5672 { 5673 if (i >= 2) 5674 break; 5675 } 5676 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5677 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ 5678 { 5679 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) 5680 break; 5681 } 5682 #endif 5683 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ 5684 break; 5685 } 5686 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ 5687 { 5688 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ 5689 { 5690 cc = '\n'; 5691 nc = 0; 5692 } 5693 else 5694 { 5695 cc = nc; 5696 nc = 0; 5697 } 5698 } 5699 5700 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ 5701 cc = '\n'; 5702 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5703 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) 5704 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the 5705 second byte will cause trouble! */ 5706 #endif 5707 5708 --no_mapping; 5709 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5710 if (gui.in_use) 5711 --allow_keys; 5712 #endif 5713 if (nc) 5714 vungetc(nc); 5715 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ 5716 return cc; 5717 } 5718 5719 /* 5720 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask 5721 */ 5722 static void 5723 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv) 5724 int c; 5725 int allow_modmask; 5726 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ 5727 { 5728 char_u *p; 5729 int len; 5730 5731 /* 5732 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is 5733 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace 5734 * mode. 5735 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, 5736 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. 5737 */ 5738 #ifdef MACOS 5739 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ 5740 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) 5741 allow_modmask = TRUE; 5742 #endif 5743 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) 5744 { 5745 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); 5746 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 5747 c = p[len - 1]; 5748 if (len > 2) 5749 { 5750 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 5751 return; 5752 p[len - 1] = NUL; 5753 ins_str(p); 5754 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); 5755 ctrlv = FALSE; 5756 } 5757 } 5758 if (stop_arrow() == OK) 5759 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); 5760 } 5761 5762 /* 5763 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other 5764 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC 5765 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to 5766 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by 5767 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should 5768 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. 5769 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. 5770 */ 5771 #ifdef EBCDIC 5772 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') 5773 #else 5774 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') 5775 #endif 5776 5777 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5778 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) 5779 #else 5780 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) 5781 #endif 5782 5783 /* 5784 * "flags": INSCHAR_FORMAT - force formatting 5785 * INSCHAR_CTRLV - char typed just after CTRL-V 5786 * INSCHAR_NO_FEX - don't use 'formatexpr' 5787 * 5788 * NOTE: passes the flags value straight through to internal_format() which, 5789 * beside INSCHAR_FORMAT (above), is also looking for these: 5790 * INSCHAR_DO_COM - format comments 5791 * INSCHAR_COM_LIST - format comments with num list or 2nd line indent 5792 */ 5793 void 5794 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent) 5795 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */ 5796 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ 5797 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ 5798 { 5799 int textwidth; 5800 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5801 char_u *p; 5802 #endif 5803 int fo_ins_blank; 5804 5805 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT); 5806 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); 5807 5808 /* 5809 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: 5810 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. 5811 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line 5812 * ends in white space. 5813 * - Otherwise: 5814 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank 5815 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless 5816 * we're in VREPLACE mode. 5817 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started 5818 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long 5819 * before the insert. 5820 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or 5821 * before 'textwidth' 5822 */ 5823 if (textwidth > 0 5824 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 5825 || (!vim_iswhite(c) 5826 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 5827 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 5828 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 5829 #endif 5830 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) 5831 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 5832 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) 5833 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) 5834 && (!fo_ins_blank 5835 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth 5836 )))))) 5837 { 5838 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting 5839 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ 5840 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 5841 int do_internal = TRUE; 5842 5843 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0) 5844 { 5845 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); 5846 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() 5847 * was called. */ 5848 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 5849 } 5850 if (do_internal) 5851 #endif 5852 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); 5853 } 5854 5855 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ 5856 return; 5857 5858 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5859 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ 5860 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) 5861 { 5862 char_u *line; 5863 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ 5864 int middle_len, end_len; 5865 int i; 5866 5867 /* 5868 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end 5869 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. 5870 */ 5871 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE, TRUE); 5872 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ 5873 { 5874 /* Skip middle-comment string */ 5875 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ 5876 ++p; 5877 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); 5878 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ 5879 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) 5880 --middle_len; 5881 5882 /* Find the end-comment string */ 5883 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ 5884 ++p; 5885 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); 5886 5887 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ 5888 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5889 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) 5890 ; 5891 i++; 5892 5893 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ 5894 i -= middle_len; 5895 5896 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ 5897 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) 5898 { 5899 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ 5900 backspace_until_column(i); 5901 5902 /* 5903 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last 5904 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. 5905 */ 5906 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); 5907 } 5908 } 5909 } 5910 end_comment_pending = NUL; 5911 #endif 5912 5913 did_ai = FALSE; 5914 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 5915 did_si = FALSE; 5916 can_si = FALSE; 5917 can_si_back = FALSE; 5918 #endif 5919 5920 /* 5921 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. 5922 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. 5923 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might 5924 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what 5925 * 'paste' is set).. 5926 * Don't do this when there an InsertCharPre autocommand is defined, 5927 * because we need to fire the event for every character. 5928 */ 5929 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 5930 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ 5931 #endif 5932 5933 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) 5934 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5935 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) 5936 #endif 5937 && vpeekc() != NUL 5938 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) 5939 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 5940 && !cindent_on() 5941 #endif 5942 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5943 && !p_ri 5944 #endif 5945 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 5946 && !has_insertcharpre() 5947 #endif 5948 ) 5949 { 5950 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 5951 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; 5952 int i; 5953 colnr_T virtcol = 0; 5954 5955 buf[0] = c; 5956 i = 1; 5957 if (textwidth > 0) 5958 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 5959 /* 5960 * Stop the string when: 5961 * - no more chars available 5962 * - finding a special character (command key) 5963 * - buffer is full 5964 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary 5965 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char 5966 */ 5967 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL 5968 && !ISSPECIAL(c) 5969 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5970 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) 5971 #endif 5972 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN 5973 && (textwidth == 0 5974 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) 5975 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) 5976 { 5977 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5978 c = vgetc(); 5979 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) 5980 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ 5981 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 5982 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) 5983 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ 5984 # endif 5985 buf[i++] = c; 5986 #else 5987 buf[i++] = vgetc(); 5988 #endif 5989 } 5990 5991 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 5992 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ 5993 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ 5994 #endif 5995 buf[i] = NUL; 5996 ins_str(buf); 5997 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) 5998 { 5999 redo_literal(*buf); 6000 i = 1; 6001 } 6002 else 6003 i = 0; 6004 if (buf[i] != NUL) 6005 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); 6006 } 6007 else 6008 { 6009 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6010 int cc; 6011 6012 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) 6013 { 6014 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 6015 6016 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); 6017 buf[cc] = NUL; 6018 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); 6019 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 6020 } 6021 else 6022 #endif 6023 { 6024 ins_char(c); 6025 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) 6026 redo_literal(c); 6027 else 6028 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 6029 } 6030 } 6031 } 6032 6033 /* 6034 * Format text at the current insert position. 6035 * 6036 * If the INSCHAR_COM_LIST flag is present, then the value of second_indent 6037 * will be the comment leader length sent to open_line(). 6038 */ 6039 static void 6040 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c) 6041 int textwidth; 6042 int second_indent; 6043 int flags; 6044 int format_only; 6045 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ 6046 { 6047 int cc; 6048 int save_char = NUL; 6049 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; 6050 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); 6051 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6052 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); 6053 #endif 6054 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); 6055 int first_line = TRUE; 6056 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6057 colnr_T leader_len; 6058 int no_leader = FALSE; 6059 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); 6060 #endif 6061 6062 /* 6063 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be 6064 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. 6065 */ 6066 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai 6067 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6068 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6069 #endif 6070 ) 6071 { 6072 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6073 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) 6074 { 6075 save_char = cc; 6076 pchar_cursor('x'); 6077 } 6078 } 6079 6080 /* 6081 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. 6082 */ 6083 while (!got_int) 6084 { 6085 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ 6086 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ 6087 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ 6088 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ 6089 colnr_T len; 6090 colnr_T virtcol; 6091 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6092 int orig_col = 0; 6093 char_u *saved_text = NULL; 6094 #endif 6095 colnr_T col; 6096 colnr_T end_col; 6097 6098 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() 6099 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); 6100 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) 6101 break; 6102 6103 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6104 if (no_leader) 6105 do_comments = FALSE; 6106 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 6107 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) 6108 do_comments = TRUE; 6109 6110 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 6111 if (do_comments) 6112 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE, TRUE); 6113 else 6114 leader_len = 0; 6115 6116 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't 6117 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word 6118 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines 6119 * to start with %. */ 6120 if (leader_len == 0) 6121 no_leader = TRUE; 6122 #endif 6123 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 6124 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6125 && leader_len == 0 6126 #endif 6127 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) 6128 6129 break; 6130 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) 6131 break; 6132 6133 /* find column of textwidth border */ 6134 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); 6135 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6136 6137 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; 6138 foundcol = 0; 6139 6140 /* 6141 * Find position to break at. 6142 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' 6143 */ 6144 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) 6145 || (flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 6146 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 6147 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) 6148 { 6149 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) 6150 cc = c; 6151 else 6152 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6153 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 6154 { 6155 /* remember position of blank just before text */ 6156 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6157 6158 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ 6159 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) 6160 { 6161 dec_cursor(); 6162 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6163 } 6164 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) 6165 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ 6166 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6167 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 6168 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 6169 break; 6170 #endif 6171 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) 6172 { 6173 /* do not break after one-letter words */ 6174 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 6175 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ 6176 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6177 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ 6178 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) 6179 break; 6180 #endif 6181 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6182 dec_cursor(); 6183 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6184 6185 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 6186 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ 6187 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 6188 } 6189 6190 inc_cursor(); 6191 6192 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; 6193 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6194 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 6195 break; 6196 } 6197 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6198 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) 6199 { 6200 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ 6201 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) 6202 { 6203 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6204 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 6205 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 6206 break; 6207 #endif 6208 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6209 inc_cursor(); 6210 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ 6211 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) 6212 { 6213 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6214 end_foundcol = foundcol; 6215 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 6216 break; 6217 } 6218 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 6219 } 6220 6221 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 6222 break; 6223 6224 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6225 6226 dec_cursor(); 6227 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6228 6229 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 6230 continue; /* break with space */ 6231 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6232 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 6233 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 6234 break; 6235 #endif 6236 6237 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 6238 6239 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6240 end_foundcol = foundcol; 6241 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 6242 break; 6243 } 6244 #endif 6245 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 6246 break; 6247 dec_cursor(); 6248 } 6249 6250 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ 6251 { 6252 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; 6253 break; 6254 } 6255 6256 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ 6257 undisplay_dollar(); 6258 6259 /* 6260 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace 6261 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces 6262 * over the text instead. 6263 */ 6264 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6265 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6266 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ 6267 else 6268 #endif 6269 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; 6270 6271 /* 6272 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and 6273 * characters that will remain on top line 6274 */ 6275 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; 6276 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) 6277 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) 6278 inc_cursor(); 6279 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 6280 if (startcol < 0) 6281 startcol = 0; 6282 6283 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6284 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6285 { 6286 /* 6287 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be 6288 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. 6289 */ 6290 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); 6291 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; 6292 if (saved_text == NULL) 6293 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ 6294 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; 6295 6296 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ 6297 if (!fo_white_par) 6298 backspace_until_column(foundcol); 6299 } 6300 else 6301 #endif 6302 { 6303 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ 6304 if (!fo_white_par) 6305 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; 6306 } 6307 6308 /* 6309 * Split the line just before the margin. 6310 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. 6311 */ 6312 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX 6313 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) 6314 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6315 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) 6316 + ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? OPENLINE_COM_LIST : 0) 6317 #endif 6318 , ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? second_indent : old_indent)); 6319 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST)) 6320 old_indent = 0; 6321 6322 replace_offset = 0; 6323 if (first_line) 6324 { 6325 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST)) 6326 { 6327 /* 6328 * This section is for auto-wrap of numeric lists. When not 6329 * in insert mode (i.e. format_lines()), the INSCHAR_COM_LIST 6330 * flag will be set and open_line() will handle it (as seen 6331 * above). The code here (and in get_number_indent()) will 6332 * recognize comments if needed... 6333 */ 6334 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) 6335 second_indent = 6336 get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); 6337 if (second_indent >= 0) 6338 { 6339 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6340 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6341 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, 6342 FALSE, NUL, TRUE); 6343 else 6344 #endif 6345 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6346 if (leader_len > 0 && second_indent - leader_len > 0) 6347 { 6348 int i; 6349 int padding = second_indent - leader_len; 6350 6351 /* We started at the first_line of a numbered list 6352 * that has a comment. the open_line() function has 6353 * inserted the proper comment leader and positioned 6354 * the cursor at the end of the split line. Now we 6355 * add the additional whitespace needed after the 6356 * comment leader for the numbered list. */ 6357 for (i = 0; i < padding; i++) 6358 ins_str((char_u *)" "); 6359 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, leader_len); 6360 } 6361 else 6362 { 6363 #endif 6364 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); 6365 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6366 } 6367 #endif 6368 } 6369 } 6370 first_line = FALSE; 6371 } 6372 6373 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6374 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6375 { 6376 /* 6377 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be 6378 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. 6379 */ 6380 ins_bytes(saved_text); 6381 vim_free(saved_text); 6382 } 6383 else 6384 #endif 6385 { 6386 /* 6387 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent 6388 * may have added or removed indent. 6389 */ 6390 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; 6391 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 6392 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) 6393 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; 6394 } 6395 6396 haveto_redraw = TRUE; 6397 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 6398 can_cindent = TRUE; 6399 #endif 6400 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ 6401 did_ai = FALSE; 6402 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 6403 did_si = FALSE; 6404 can_si = FALSE; 6405 can_si_back = FALSE; 6406 #endif 6407 line_breakcheck(); 6408 } 6409 6410 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ 6411 pchar_cursor(save_char); 6412 6413 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) 6414 { 6415 update_topline(); 6416 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); 6417 } 6418 } 6419 6420 /* 6421 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the 6422 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. 6423 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. 6424 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be 6425 * saved here. 6426 */ 6427 void 6428 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line) 6429 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ 6430 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */ 6431 { 6432 pos_T pos; 6433 colnr_T len; 6434 char_u *old; 6435 char_u *new, *pnew; 6436 int wasatend; 6437 int cc; 6438 6439 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) 6440 return; 6441 6442 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 6443 old = ml_get_curline(); 6444 6445 /* may remove added space */ 6446 check_auto_format(FALSE); 6447 6448 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the 6449 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is 6450 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. 6451 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white 6452 * next they are not joined back together. */ 6453 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); 6454 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) 6455 { 6456 dec_cursor(); 6457 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6458 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 6459 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) 6460 dec_cursor(); 6461 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6462 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 6463 { 6464 curwin->w_cursor = pos; 6465 return; 6466 } 6467 curwin->w_cursor = pos; 6468 } 6469 6470 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6471 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format 6472 * comments. */ 6473 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) 6474 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE, TRUE) == 0) 6475 return; 6476 #endif 6477 6478 /* 6479 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is 6480 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not 6481 * the start of a paragraph. 6482 */ 6483 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) 6484 { 6485 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6486 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) 6487 return; 6488 } 6489 6490 /* 6491 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will 6492 * be adjusted for the text formatting. 6493 */ 6494 saved_cursor = pos; 6495 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); 6496 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; 6497 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; 6498 6499 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6500 { 6501 /* "cannot happen" */ 6502 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6503 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 6504 } 6505 else 6506 check_cursor_col(); 6507 6508 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it 6509 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we 6510 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph 6511 * formatted. */ 6512 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) 6513 { 6514 new = ml_get_curline(); 6515 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); 6516 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) 6517 { 6518 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); 6519 pnew[len] = ' '; 6520 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; 6521 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); 6522 /* remove the space later */ 6523 did_add_space = TRUE; 6524 } 6525 else 6526 /* may remove added space */ 6527 check_auto_format(FALSE); 6528 } 6529 6530 check_cursor(); 6531 } 6532 6533 /* 6534 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, 6535 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert 6536 * position. 6537 */ 6538 static void 6539 check_auto_format(end_insert) 6540 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ 6541 { 6542 int c = ' '; 6543 int cc; 6544 6545 if (did_add_space) 6546 { 6547 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6548 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) 6549 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ 6550 did_add_space = FALSE; 6551 else 6552 { 6553 if (!end_insert) 6554 { 6555 inc_cursor(); 6556 c = gchar_cursor(); 6557 dec_cursor(); 6558 } 6559 if (c != NUL) 6560 { 6561 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ 6562 del_char(FALSE); 6563 did_add_space = FALSE; 6564 } 6565 } 6566 } 6567 } 6568 6569 /* 6570 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: 6571 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it 6572 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' 6573 * if invalid value, use 0. 6574 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. 6575 */ 6576 int 6577 comp_textwidth(ff) 6578 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ 6579 { 6580 int textwidth; 6581 6582 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; 6583 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) 6584 { 6585 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the 6586 * things that add to the margin. */ 6587 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; 6588 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 6589 if (cmdwin_type != 0) 6590 textwidth -= 1; 6591 #endif 6592 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6593 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; 6594 #endif 6595 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 6596 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL 6597 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 6598 || netbeans_active() 6599 # endif 6600 ) 6601 textwidth -= 1; 6602 #endif 6603 if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) 6604 textwidth -= 8; 6605 } 6606 if (textwidth < 0) 6607 textwidth = 0; 6608 if (ff && textwidth == 0) 6609 { 6610 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; 6611 if (textwidth > 79) 6612 textwidth = 79; 6613 } 6614 return textwidth; 6615 } 6616 6617 /* 6618 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. 6619 */ 6620 static void 6621 redo_literal(c) 6622 int c; 6623 { 6624 char_u buf[10]; 6625 6626 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of 6627 * three digits. */ 6628 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) 6629 { 6630 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); 6631 AppendToRedobuff(buf); 6632 } 6633 else 6634 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 6635 } 6636 6637 /* 6638 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. 6639 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. 6640 */ 6641 static void 6642 start_arrow(end_insert_pos) 6643 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */ 6644 { 6645 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */ 6646 { 6647 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); 6648 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE); 6649 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ 6650 } 6651 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6652 check_spell_redraw(); 6653 #endif 6654 } 6655 6656 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6657 /* 6658 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. 6659 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. 6660 */ 6661 static void 6662 check_spell_redraw() 6663 { 6664 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) 6665 { 6666 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; 6667 6668 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; 6669 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); 6670 } 6671 } 6672 6673 /* 6674 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly 6675 * spelled word, if there is one. 6676 */ 6677 static void 6678 spell_back_to_badword() 6679 { 6680 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 6681 6682 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); 6683 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) 6684 start_arrow(&tpos); 6685 } 6686 #endif 6687 6688 /* 6689 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. 6690 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. 6691 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. 6692 */ 6693 int 6694 stop_arrow() 6695 { 6696 if (arrow_used) 6697 { 6698 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) 6699 { 6700 arrow_used = FALSE; 6701 ins_need_undo = FALSE; 6702 } 6703 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ 6704 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); 6705 ai_col = 0; 6706 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6707 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6708 { 6709 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6710 vr_lines_changed = 1; 6711 } 6712 #endif 6713 ResetRedobuff(); 6714 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ 6715 new_insert_skip = 2; 6716 } 6717 else if (ins_need_undo) 6718 { 6719 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) 6720 ins_need_undo = FALSE; 6721 } 6722 6723 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6724 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ 6725 foldOpenCursor(); 6726 #endif 6727 6728 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); 6729 } 6730 6731 /* 6732 * Do a few things to stop inserting. 6733 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped 6734 * to another window/buffer. 6735 */ 6736 static void 6737 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc) 6738 pos_T *end_insert_pos; 6739 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */ 6740 { 6741 int cc; 6742 char_u *ptr; 6743 6744 stop_redo_ins(); 6745 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ 6746 6747 /* 6748 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. 6749 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, 6750 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". 6751 */ 6752 ptr = get_inserted(); 6753 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL 6754 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) 6755 { 6756 vim_free(last_insert); 6757 last_insert = ptr; 6758 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; 6759 } 6760 else 6761 vim_free(ptr); 6762 6763 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) 6764 { 6765 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an 6766 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending 6767 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something 6768 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ 6769 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) 6770 { 6771 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 6772 6773 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the 6774 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by 6775 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ 6776 cc = 'x'; 6777 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 6778 { 6779 dec_cursor(); 6780 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6781 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) 6782 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; 6783 } 6784 6785 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); 6786 6787 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) 6788 { 6789 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) 6790 inc_cursor(); 6791 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6792 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep 6793 * the "coladd". */ 6794 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL 6795 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum 6796 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) 6797 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; 6798 #endif 6799 } 6800 } 6801 6802 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ 6803 check_auto_format(TRUE); 6804 6805 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end 6806 * of the line, and put the cursor back. 6807 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. 6808 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text 6809 * got changed unexpectedly. */ 6810 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL 6811 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) 6812 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6813 { 6814 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 6815 6816 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; 6817 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ 6818 for (;;) 6819 { 6820 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 6821 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 6822 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6823 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) 6824 break; 6825 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) 6826 break; /* should not happen */ 6827 } 6828 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) 6829 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; 6830 else if (cc != NUL) 6831 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ 6832 6833 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 6834 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for 6835 * deleted characters. */ 6836 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 6837 { 6838 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 6839 6840 if (VIsual.col > len) 6841 { 6842 VIsual.col = len; 6843 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6844 VIsual.coladd = 0; 6845 # endif 6846 } 6847 } 6848 #endif 6849 } 6850 } 6851 did_ai = FALSE; 6852 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 6853 did_si = FALSE; 6854 can_si = FALSE; 6855 can_si_back = FALSE; 6856 #endif 6857 6858 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are 6859 * now in a different buffer. */ 6860 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) 6861 { 6862 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; 6863 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; 6864 } 6865 } 6866 6867 /* 6868 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. 6869 * Used for the replace command. 6870 */ 6871 void 6872 set_last_insert(c) 6873 int c; 6874 { 6875 char_u *s; 6876 6877 vim_free(last_insert); 6878 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); 6879 if (last_insert != NULL) 6880 { 6881 s = last_insert; 6882 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ 6883 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) 6884 *s++ = Ctrl_V; 6885 s = add_char2buf(c, s); 6886 *s++ = ESC; 6887 *s++ = NUL; 6888 last_insert_skip = 0; 6889 } 6890 } 6891 6892 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 6893 void 6894 free_last_insert() 6895 { 6896 vim_free(last_insert); 6897 last_insert = NULL; 6898 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 6899 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 6900 compl_orig_text = NULL; 6901 # endif 6902 } 6903 #endif 6904 6905 /* 6906 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL 6907 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. 6908 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. 6909 */ 6910 char_u * 6911 add_char2buf(c, s) 6912 int c; 6913 char_u *s; 6914 { 6915 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6916 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 6917 int i; 6918 int len; 6919 6920 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); 6921 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 6922 { 6923 c = temp[i]; 6924 #endif 6925 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ 6926 if (c == K_SPECIAL) 6927 { 6928 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; 6929 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; 6930 *s++ = KE_FILLER; 6931 } 6932 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6933 else if (c == CSI) 6934 { 6935 *s++ = CSI; 6936 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; 6937 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; 6938 } 6939 #endif 6940 else 6941 *s++ = c; 6942 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6943 } 6944 #endif 6945 return s; 6946 } 6947 6948 /* 6949 * move cursor to start of line 6950 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white 6951 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, 6952 * otherwise keep "curswant" column 6953 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. 6954 */ 6955 void 6956 beginline(flags) 6957 int flags; 6958 { 6959 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) 6960 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 6961 else 6962 { 6963 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 6964 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6965 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 6966 #endif 6967 6968 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) 6969 { 6970 char_u *ptr; 6971 6972 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) 6973 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) 6974 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 6975 } 6976 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 6977 } 6978 } 6979 6980 /* 6981 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up 6982 * 6983 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. 6984 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. 6985 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. 6986 */ 6987 6988 int 6989 oneright() 6990 { 6991 char_u *ptr; 6992 int l; 6993 6994 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6995 if (virtual_active()) 6996 { 6997 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; 6998 6999 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ 7000 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 7001 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( 7002 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7003 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) 7004 # else 7005 *ptr 7006 # endif 7007 )) 7008 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); 7009 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7010 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ 7011 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col 7012 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; 7013 } 7014 #endif 7015 7016 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 7017 if (*ptr == NUL) 7018 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ 7019 7020 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7021 if (has_mbyte) 7022 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 7023 else 7024 #endif 7025 l = 1; 7026 7027 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' 7028 * contains "onemore". */ 7029 if (ptr[l] == NUL 7030 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7031 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 7032 #endif 7033 ) 7034 return FAIL; 7035 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; 7036 7037 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7038 return OK; 7039 } 7040 7041 int 7042 oneleft() 7043 { 7044 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7045 if (virtual_active()) 7046 { 7047 int width; 7048 int v = getviscol(); 7049 7050 if (v == 0) 7051 return FAIL; 7052 7053 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 7054 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ 7055 width = 1; 7056 for (;;) 7057 { 7058 coladvance(v - width); 7059 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and 7060 * there are no multi-byte characters */ 7061 if ((*p_sbr == NUL 7062 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7063 && !has_mbyte 7064 # endif 7065 ) || getviscol() < v) 7066 break; 7067 ++width; 7068 } 7069 # else 7070 coladvance(v - 1); 7071 # endif 7072 7073 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) 7074 { 7075 char_u *ptr; 7076 7077 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ 7078 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 7079 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( 7080 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7081 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) 7082 # else 7083 *ptr 7084 # endif 7085 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) 7086 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 7087 } 7088 7089 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7090 return OK; 7091 } 7092 #endif 7093 7094 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 7095 return FAIL; 7096 7097 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7098 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 7099 7100 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7101 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte 7102 * character, move to its first byte */ 7103 if (has_mbyte) 7104 mb_adjust_cursor(); 7105 #endif 7106 return OK; 7107 } 7108 7109 int 7110 cursor_up(n, upd_topline) 7111 long n; 7112 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ 7113 { 7114 linenr_T lnum; 7115 7116 if (n > 0) 7117 { 7118 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 7119 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count 7120 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ 7121 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) 7122 return FAIL; 7123 if (n >= lnum) 7124 lnum = 1; 7125 else 7126 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7127 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) 7128 { 7129 /* 7130 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. 7131 */ 7132 /* go to the the start of the current fold */ 7133 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); 7134 7135 while (n--) 7136 { 7137 /* move up one line */ 7138 --lnum; 7139 if (lnum <= 1) 7140 break; 7141 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in 7142 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open 7143 * in a moment. */ 7144 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) 7145 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); 7146 } 7147 if (lnum < 1) 7148 lnum = 1; 7149 } 7150 else 7151 #endif 7152 lnum -= n; 7153 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 7154 } 7155 7156 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ 7157 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 7158 7159 if (upd_topline) 7160 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ 7161 7162 return OK; 7163 } 7164 7165 /* 7166 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. 7167 */ 7168 int 7169 cursor_down(n, upd_topline) 7170 long n; 7171 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ 7172 { 7173 linenr_T lnum; 7174 7175 if (n > 0) 7176 { 7177 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 7178 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7179 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ 7180 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); 7181 #endif 7182 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move 7183 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ 7184 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 7185 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 7186 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) 7187 return FAIL; 7188 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 7189 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 7190 else 7191 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7192 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) 7193 { 7194 linenr_T last; 7195 7196 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ 7197 while (n--) 7198 { 7199 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) 7200 lnum = last + 1; 7201 else 7202 ++lnum; 7203 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 7204 break; 7205 } 7206 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 7207 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 7208 } 7209 else 7210 #endif 7211 lnum += n; 7212 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 7213 } 7214 7215 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ 7216 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 7217 7218 if (upd_topline) 7219 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ 7220 7221 return OK; 7222 } 7223 7224 /* 7225 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. 7226 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we 7227 * first have to remove the command. 7228 */ 7229 int 7230 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc) 7231 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */ 7232 long count; /* Repeat this many times */ 7233 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ 7234 { 7235 char_u *esc_ptr; 7236 char_u *ptr; 7237 char_u *last_ptr; 7238 char_u last = NUL; 7239 7240 ptr = get_last_insert(); 7241 if (ptr == NULL) 7242 { 7243 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); 7244 return FAIL; 7245 } 7246 7247 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ 7248 if (c != NUL) 7249 stuffcharReadbuff(c); 7250 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) 7251 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ 7252 7253 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC 7254 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" 7255 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo 7256 */ 7257 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; 7258 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') 7259 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) 7260 { 7261 last = *last_ptr; 7262 *last_ptr = NUL; 7263 } 7264 7265 do 7266 { 7267 stuffReadbuff(ptr); 7268 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ 7269 if (last) 7270 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' 7271 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") 7272 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); 7273 } 7274 while (--count > 0); 7275 7276 if (last) 7277 *last_ptr = last; 7278 7279 if (esc_ptr != NULL) 7280 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ 7281 7282 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ 7283 if (!no_esc) 7284 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); 7285 7286 return OK; 7287 } 7288 7289 char_u * 7290 get_last_insert() 7291 { 7292 if (last_insert == NULL) 7293 return NULL; 7294 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; 7295 } 7296 7297 /* 7298 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. 7299 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. 7300 */ 7301 char_u * 7302 get_last_insert_save() 7303 { 7304 char_u *s; 7305 int len; 7306 7307 if (last_insert == NULL) 7308 return NULL; 7309 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); 7310 if (s != NULL) 7311 { 7312 len = (int)STRLEN(s); 7313 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ 7314 s[len - 1] = NUL; 7315 } 7316 return s; 7317 } 7318 7319 /* 7320 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. 7321 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. 7322 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and 7323 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". 7324 */ 7325 static int 7326 echeck_abbr(c) 7327 int c; 7328 { 7329 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just 7330 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ 7331 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) 7332 return FALSE; 7333 7334 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, 7335 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); 7336 } 7337 7338 /* 7339 * replace-stack functions 7340 * 7341 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each 7342 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. 7343 * 7344 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is 7345 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL 7346 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. 7347 * 7348 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters 7349 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor 7350 * that were deleted (always white space). 7351 * 7352 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new 7353 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many 7354 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. 7355 */ 7356 7357 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; 7358 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ 7359 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ 7360 7361 void 7362 replace_push(c) 7363 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ 7364 { 7365 char_u *p; 7366 7367 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ 7368 return; 7369 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) 7370 { 7371 replace_stack_len += 50; 7372 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); 7373 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ 7374 { 7375 replace_stack_len -= 50; 7376 return; 7377 } 7378 if (replace_stack != NULL) 7379 { 7380 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, 7381 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); 7382 vim_free(replace_stack); 7383 } 7384 replace_stack = p; 7385 } 7386 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; 7387 if (replace_offset) 7388 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); 7389 *p = c; 7390 ++replace_stack_nr; 7391 } 7392 7393 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) 7394 /* 7395 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in 7396 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. 7397 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). 7398 */ 7399 int 7400 replace_push_mb(p) 7401 char_u *p; 7402 { 7403 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 7404 int j; 7405 7406 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) 7407 replace_push(p[j]); 7408 return l; 7409 } 7410 #endif 7411 7412 /* 7413 * Pop one item from the replace stack. 7414 * return -1 if stack empty 7415 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise 7416 */ 7417 static int 7418 replace_pop() 7419 { 7420 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) 7421 return -1; 7422 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; 7423 } 7424 7425 /* 7426 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL 7427 * encountered. 7428 */ 7429 static void 7430 replace_join(off) 7431 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */ 7432 { 7433 int i; 7434 7435 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) 7436 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) 7437 { 7438 --replace_stack_nr; 7439 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, 7440 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); 7441 return; 7442 } 7443 } 7444 7445 /* 7446 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them 7447 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. 7448 */ 7449 static void 7450 replace_pop_ins() 7451 { 7452 int cc; 7453 int oldState = State; 7454 7455 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ 7456 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) 7457 { 7458 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7459 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); 7460 #else 7461 ins_char(cc); 7462 #endif 7463 dec_cursor(); 7464 } 7465 State = oldState; 7466 } 7467 7468 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7469 /* 7470 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it 7471 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. 7472 */ 7473 static void 7474 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc) 7475 int cc; 7476 { 7477 int n; 7478 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 7479 int i; 7480 int c; 7481 7482 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) 7483 { 7484 buf[0] = cc; 7485 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) 7486 buf[i] = replace_pop(); 7487 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); 7488 } 7489 else 7490 ins_char(cc); 7491 7492 if (enc_utf8) 7493 /* Handle composing chars. */ 7494 for (;;) 7495 { 7496 c = replace_pop(); 7497 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ 7498 break; 7499 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) 7500 { 7501 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ 7502 replace_push(c); 7503 break; 7504 } 7505 else 7506 { 7507 buf[0] = c; 7508 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) 7509 buf[i] = replace_pop(); 7510 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) 7511 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); 7512 else 7513 { 7514 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ 7515 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) 7516 replace_push(buf[i]); 7517 break; 7518 } 7519 } 7520 } 7521 } 7522 #endif 7523 7524 /* 7525 * make the replace stack empty 7526 * (called when exiting replace mode) 7527 */ 7528 static void 7529 replace_flush() 7530 { 7531 vim_free(replace_stack); 7532 replace_stack = NULL; 7533 replace_stack_len = 0; 7534 replace_stack_nr = 0; 7535 } 7536 7537 /* 7538 * Handle doing a BS for one character. 7539 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor 7540 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it 7541 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back 7542 * and check for more characters to be put back 7543 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when 7544 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). 7545 */ 7546 static void 7547 replace_do_bs(limit_col) 7548 int limit_col; 7549 { 7550 int cc; 7551 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7552 int orig_len = 0; 7553 int ins_len; 7554 int orig_vcols = 0; 7555 colnr_T start_vcol; 7556 char_u *p; 7557 int i; 7558 int vcol; 7559 #endif 7560 7561 cc = replace_pop(); 7562 if (cc > 0) 7563 { 7564 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7565 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7566 { 7567 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are 7568 * going to delete. */ 7569 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); 7570 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); 7571 } 7572 #endif 7573 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7574 if (has_mbyte) 7575 { 7576 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); 7577 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7578 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7579 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); 7580 # endif 7581 replace_push(cc); 7582 } 7583 else 7584 #endif 7585 { 7586 pchar_cursor(cc); 7587 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7588 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7589 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; 7590 #endif 7591 } 7592 replace_pop_ins(); 7593 7594 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7595 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7596 { 7597 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ 7598 p = ml_get_cursor(); 7599 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; 7600 vcol = start_vcol; 7601 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) 7602 { 7603 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); 7604 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7605 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; 7606 #endif 7607 } 7608 vcol -= start_vcol; 7609 7610 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the 7611 * text aligned. */ 7612 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; 7613 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') 7614 { 7615 del_char(FALSE); 7616 ++orig_vcols; 7617 } 7618 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; 7619 } 7620 #endif 7621 7622 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ 7623 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); 7624 } 7625 else if (cc == 0) 7626 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); 7627 } 7628 7629 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7630 /* 7631 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. 7632 */ 7633 static int 7634 cindent_on() 7635 { 7636 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin 7637 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7638 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL 7639 # endif 7640 )); 7641 } 7642 #endif 7643 7644 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) 7645 /* 7646 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the 7647 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very 7648 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. 7649 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. 7650 */ 7651 7652 void 7653 fixthisline(get_the_indent) 7654 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void)); 7655 { 7656 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE); 7657 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) 7658 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ 7659 } 7660 7661 void 7662 fix_indent() 7663 { 7664 if (p_paste) 7665 return; 7666 # ifdef FEAT_LISP 7667 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) 7668 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); 7669 # endif 7670 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) 7671 else 7672 # endif 7673 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7674 if (cindent_on()) 7675 do_c_expr_indent(); 7676 # endif 7677 } 7678 7679 #endif 7680 7681 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7682 /* 7683 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", 7684 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) 7685 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert) 7686 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) 7687 * 7688 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: 7689 * KEY_OPEN_FORW 7690 * KEY_OPEN_BACK 7691 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. 7692 * 7693 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. 7694 */ 7695 int 7696 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty) 7697 int keytyped; 7698 int when; 7699 int line_is_empty; 7700 { 7701 char_u *look; 7702 int try_match; 7703 int try_match_word; 7704 char_u *p; 7705 char_u *line; 7706 int icase; 7707 int i; 7708 7709 if (keytyped == NUL) 7710 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ 7711 return FALSE; 7712 7713 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7714 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) 7715 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ 7716 else 7717 #endif 7718 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ 7719 while (*look) 7720 { 7721 /* 7722 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on 7723 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. 7724 */ 7725 switch (when) 7726 { 7727 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; 7728 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; 7729 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; 7730 } 7731 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') 7732 ++look; 7733 7734 /* 7735 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. 7736 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. 7737 */ 7738 if (*look == '0') 7739 { 7740 try_match_word = try_match; 7741 if (!line_is_empty) 7742 try_match = FALSE; 7743 ++look; 7744 } 7745 else 7746 try_match_word = FALSE; 7747 7748 /* 7749 * does it look like a control character? 7750 */ 7751 if (*look == '^' 7752 #ifdef EBCDIC 7753 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) 7754 #else 7755 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' 7756 #endif 7757 ) 7758 { 7759 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) 7760 return TRUE; 7761 look += 2; 7762 } 7763 /* 7764 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. 7765 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. 7766 */ 7767 else if (*look == 'o') 7768 { 7769 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) 7770 return TRUE; 7771 ++look; 7772 } 7773 else if (*look == 'O') 7774 { 7775 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) 7776 return TRUE; 7777 ++look; 7778 } 7779 7780 /* 7781 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the 7782 * cursor. 7783 */ 7784 else if (*look == 'e') 7785 { 7786 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) 7787 { 7788 p = ml_get_curline(); 7789 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && 7790 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) 7791 return TRUE; 7792 } 7793 ++look; 7794 } 7795 7796 /* 7797 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case 7798 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix 7799 * class::method for C++). 7800 */ 7801 else if (*look == ':') 7802 { 7803 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') 7804 { 7805 p = ml_get_curline(); 7806 if (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) 7807 || cin_islabel(30)) 7808 return TRUE; 7809 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ 7810 p = ml_get_curline(); 7811 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 7812 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' 7813 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') 7814 { 7815 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; 7816 i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) 7817 || cin_islabel(30)); 7818 p = ml_get_curline(); 7819 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; 7820 if (i) 7821 return TRUE; 7822 } 7823 } 7824 ++look; 7825 } 7826 7827 7828 /* 7829 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? 7830 */ 7831 else if (*look == '<') 7832 { 7833 if (try_match) 7834 { 7835 /* 7836 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, 7837 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, 7838 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. 7839 */ 7840 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL 7841 && keytyped == look[1]) 7842 return TRUE; 7843 7844 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) 7845 return TRUE; 7846 } 7847 while (*look && *look != '>') 7848 look++; 7849 while (*look == '>') 7850 look++; 7851 } 7852 7853 /* 7854 * Is it a word: "=word"? 7855 */ 7856 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) 7857 { 7858 ++look; 7859 if (*look == '~') 7860 { 7861 icase = TRUE; 7862 ++look; 7863 } 7864 else 7865 icase = FALSE; 7866 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); 7867 if (p == NULL) 7868 p = look + STRLEN(look); 7869 if ((try_match || try_match_word) 7870 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) 7871 { 7872 int match = FALSE; 7873 7874 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 7875 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) 7876 { 7877 char_u *s; 7878 7879 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". 7880 * search back for the start of a word. */ 7881 line = ml_get_curline(); 7882 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7883 if (has_mbyte) 7884 { 7885 char_u *n; 7886 7887 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) 7888 { 7889 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); 7890 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) 7891 break; 7892 } 7893 } 7894 else 7895 # endif 7896 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) 7897 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) 7898 break; 7899 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col 7900 && (icase 7901 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) 7902 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) 7903 match = TRUE; 7904 } 7905 else 7906 #endif 7907 /* TODO: multi-byte */ 7908 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 7909 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) 7910 { 7911 line = ml_get_cursor(); 7912 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) 7913 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) 7914 && (icase 7915 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) 7916 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) 7917 == 0) 7918 match = TRUE; 7919 } 7920 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) 7921 { 7922 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the 7923 * word. */ 7924 line = ml_get_curline(); 7925 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != 7926 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) 7927 match = FALSE; 7928 } 7929 if (match) 7930 return TRUE; 7931 } 7932 look = p; 7933 } 7934 7935 /* 7936 * ok, it's a boring generic character. 7937 */ 7938 else 7939 { 7940 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) 7941 return TRUE; 7942 ++look; 7943 } 7944 7945 /* 7946 * Skip over ", ". 7947 */ 7948 look = skip_to_option_part(look); 7949 } 7950 return FALSE; 7951 } 7952 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ 7953 7954 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) 7955 /* 7956 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. 7957 */ 7958 int 7959 hkmap(c) 7960 int c; 7961 { 7962 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ 7963 { 7964 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, 7965 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, 7966 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; 7967 static char_u map[26] = 7968 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, 7969 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, 7970 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, 7971 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, 7972 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, 7973 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, 7974 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, 7975 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, 7976 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; 7977 7978 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') 7979 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); 7980 /* '-1'='sofit' */ 7981 else if (c == 'x') 7982 return 'X'; 7983 else if (c == 'q') 7984 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ 7985 else if (c == 246) 7986 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ 7987 else if (c == 228) 7988 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ 7989 else if (c == 252) 7990 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ 7991 #ifdef EBCDIC 7992 else if (islower(c)) 7993 #else 7994 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we 7995 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on 7996 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are 7997 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. 7998 */ 7999 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') 8000 #endif 8001 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); 8002 else 8003 return c; 8004 } 8005 else 8006 { 8007 switch (c) 8008 { 8009 case '`': return ';'; 8010 case '/': return '.'; 8011 case '\'': return ','; 8012 case 'q': return '/'; 8013 case 'w': return '\''; 8014 8015 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ 8016 case ',': c = '{'; break; 8017 case '.': c = 'v'; break; 8018 case ';': c = 't'; break; 8019 default: { 8020 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; 8021 8022 #ifdef EBCDIC 8023 /* see note about islower() above */ 8024 if (!islower(c)) 8025 #else 8026 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') 8027 #endif 8028 return c; 8029 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; 8030 break; 8031 } 8032 } 8033 8034 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); 8035 } 8036 } 8037 #endif 8038 8039 static void 8040 ins_reg() 8041 { 8042 int need_redraw = FALSE; 8043 int regname; 8044 int literally = 0; 8045 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 8046 int vis_active = VIsual_active; 8047 #endif 8048 8049 /* 8050 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. 8051 */ 8052 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 8053 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 8054 { 8055 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 8056 ins_redraw(FALSE); 8057 8058 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); 8059 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8060 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); 8061 #endif 8062 } 8063 8064 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 8065 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 8066 #endif 8067 8068 /* 8069 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be 8070 * deleted when ESC is hit. 8071 */ 8072 ++no_mapping; 8073 regname = plain_vgetc(); 8074 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); 8075 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) 8076 { 8077 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ 8078 literally = regname; 8079 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8080 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); 8081 #endif 8082 regname = plain_vgetc(); 8083 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); 8084 } 8085 --no_mapping; 8086 8087 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 8088 /* 8089 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression, 8090 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it! 8091 */ 8092 ++no_u_sync; 8093 if (regname == '=') 8094 { 8095 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 8096 int im_on = im_get_status(); 8097 # endif 8098 regname = get_expr_register(); 8099 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 8100 /* Restore the Input Method. */ 8101 if (im_on) 8102 im_set_active(TRUE); 8103 # endif 8104 } 8105 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) 8106 { 8107 vim_beep(); 8108 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ 8109 } 8110 else 8111 { 8112 #endif 8113 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) 8114 { 8115 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ 8116 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); 8117 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); 8118 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); 8119 8120 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, 8121 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); 8122 } 8123 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) 8124 { 8125 vim_beep(); 8126 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ 8127 } 8128 else if (stop_insert_mode) 8129 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that 8130 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't 8131 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ 8132 need_redraw = TRUE; 8133 8134 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 8135 } 8136 --no_u_sync; 8137 #endif 8138 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8139 clear_showcmd(); 8140 #endif 8141 8142 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ 8143 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) 8144 edit_unputchar(); 8145 8146 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 8147 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ 8148 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) 8149 end_visual_mode(); 8150 #endif 8151 } 8152 8153 /* 8154 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. 8155 */ 8156 static void 8157 ins_ctrl_g() 8158 { 8159 int c; 8160 8161 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8162 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ 8163 setcursor(); 8164 #endif 8165 8166 /* 8167 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be 8168 * deleted when ESC is hit. 8169 */ 8170 ++no_mapping; 8171 c = plain_vgetc(); 8172 --no_mapping; 8173 switch (c) 8174 { 8175 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ 8176 case K_UP: 8177 case Ctrl_K: 8178 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); 8179 break; 8180 8181 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ 8182 case K_DOWN: 8183 case Ctrl_J: 8184 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); 8185 break; 8186 8187 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ 8188 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); 8189 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 8190 8191 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins 8192 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ 8193 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; 8194 break; 8195 8196 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ 8197 default: vim_beep(); 8198 } 8199 } 8200 8201 /* 8202 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. 8203 */ 8204 static void 8205 ins_ctrl_hat() 8206 { 8207 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) 8208 { 8209 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ 8210 if (State & LANGMAP) 8211 { 8212 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; 8213 State &= ~LANGMAP; 8214 } 8215 else 8216 { 8217 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; 8218 State |= LANGMAP; 8219 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 8220 im_set_active(FALSE); 8221 #endif 8222 } 8223 } 8224 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 8225 else 8226 { 8227 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ 8228 if (im_get_status()) 8229 { 8230 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; 8231 im_set_active(FALSE); 8232 } 8233 else 8234 { 8235 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; 8236 State &= ~LANGMAP; 8237 im_set_active(TRUE); 8238 } 8239 } 8240 #endif 8241 set_iminsert_global(); 8242 showmode(); 8243 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8244 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ 8245 if (gui.in_use) 8246 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); 8247 #endif 8248 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) 8249 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ 8250 status_redraw_curbuf(); 8251 #endif 8252 } 8253 8254 /* 8255 * Handle ESC in insert mode. 8256 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the 8257 * insert. 8258 */ 8259 static int 8260 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove) 8261 long *count; 8262 int cmdchar; 8263 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */ 8264 { 8265 int temp; 8266 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; 8267 8268 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 8269 check_spell_redraw(); 8270 #endif 8271 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) 8272 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) 8273 hangul_input_state_set(0); 8274 # endif 8275 if (composing_hangul) 8276 { 8277 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); 8278 composing_hangul = 0; 8279 } 8280 #endif 8281 8282 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8283 if (disabled_redraw) 8284 { 8285 --RedrawingDisabled; 8286 disabled_redraw = FALSE; 8287 } 8288 if (!arrow_used) 8289 { 8290 /* 8291 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". 8292 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for 8293 * when "count" is non-zero. 8294 */ 8295 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 8296 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); 8297 8298 /* 8299 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for 8300 * interrupt now and then. 8301 */ 8302 if (*count > 0) 8303 { 8304 line_breakcheck(); 8305 if (got_int) 8306 *count = 0; 8307 } 8308 8309 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ 8310 { 8311 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ 8312 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) 8313 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; 8314 8315 (void)start_redo_ins(); 8316 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') 8317 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ 8318 ++RedrawingDisabled; 8319 disabled_redraw = TRUE; 8320 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ 8321 } 8322 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE); 8323 undisplay_dollar(); 8324 } 8325 8326 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the 8327 * indent */ 8328 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) 8329 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 8330 8331 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ 8332 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) 8333 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; 8334 8335 /* 8336 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. 8337 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. 8338 */ 8339 if (!nomove 8340 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 8341 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8342 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 8343 #endif 8344 ) 8345 && (restart_edit == NUL 8346 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL 8347 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 8348 && !VIsual_active 8349 #endif 8350 )) 8351 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8352 && !revins_on 8353 #endif 8354 ) 8355 { 8356 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8357 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) 8358 { 8359 oneleft(); 8360 if (restart_edit != NUL) 8361 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; 8362 } 8363 else 8364 #endif 8365 { 8366 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 8367 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8368 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ 8369 if (has_mbyte) 8370 mb_adjust_cursor(); 8371 #endif 8372 } 8373 } 8374 8375 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 8376 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. 8377 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as 8378 * well). */ 8379 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) 8380 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); 8381 im_set_active(FALSE); 8382 #endif 8383 8384 State = NORMAL; 8385 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ 8386 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 8387 8388 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 8389 setmouse(); 8390 #endif 8391 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 8392 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 8393 #endif 8394 8395 /* 8396 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. 8397 * Otherwise remove the mode message. 8398 */ 8399 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) 8400 showmode(); 8401 else if (p_smd) 8402 MSG(""); 8403 8404 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ 8405 } 8406 8407 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8408 /* 8409 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. 8410 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. 8411 */ 8412 static void 8413 ins_ctrl_() 8414 { 8415 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) 8416 { 8417 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) 8418 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 8419 } 8420 p_ri = !p_ri; 8421 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); 8422 if (revins_on) 8423 { 8424 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8425 revins_legal++; 8426 revins_chars = 0; 8427 undisplay_dollar(); 8428 } 8429 else 8430 revins_scol = -1; 8431 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 8432 if (p_altkeymap) 8433 { 8434 /* 8435 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' 8436 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo 8437 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). 8438 */ 8439 arrow_used = TRUE; 8440 (void)stop_arrow(); 8441 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; 8442 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 8443 State = INSERT; 8444 } 8445 else 8446 #endif 8447 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ 8448 showmode(); 8449 } 8450 #endif 8451 8452 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 8453 /* 8454 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. 8455 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. 8456 */ 8457 static int 8458 ins_start_select(c) 8459 int c; 8460 { 8461 if (km_startsel) 8462 switch (c) 8463 { 8464 case K_KHOME: 8465 case K_KEND: 8466 case K_PAGEUP: 8467 case K_KPAGEUP: 8468 case K_PAGEDOWN: 8469 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 8470 # ifdef MACOS 8471 case K_LEFT: 8472 case K_RIGHT: 8473 case K_UP: 8474 case K_DOWN: 8475 case K_END: 8476 case K_HOME: 8477 # endif 8478 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) 8479 break; 8480 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 8481 case K_S_LEFT: 8482 case K_S_RIGHT: 8483 case K_S_UP: 8484 case K_S_DOWN: 8485 case K_S_END: 8486 case K_S_HOME: 8487 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with 8488 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ 8489 start_selection(); 8490 8491 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ 8492 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); 8493 if (mod_mask) 8494 { 8495 char_u buf[4]; 8496 8497 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; 8498 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; 8499 buf[2] = mod_mask; 8500 buf[3] = NUL; 8501 stuffReadbuff(buf); 8502 } 8503 stuffcharReadbuff(c); 8504 return TRUE; 8505 } 8506 return FALSE; 8507 } 8508 #endif 8509 8510 /* 8511 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode. 8512 */ 8513 static void 8514 ins_insert(replaceState) 8515 int replaceState; 8516 { 8517 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 8518 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 8519 { 8520 beep_flush(); 8521 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ 8522 return; 8523 } 8524 #endif 8525 8526 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8527 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 8528 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, 8529 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : 8530 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8531 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : 8532 # endif 8533 "r"), 1); 8534 # endif 8535 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 8536 #endif 8537 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8538 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); 8539 else 8540 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); 8541 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); 8542 showmode(); 8543 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 8544 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 8545 #endif 8546 } 8547 8548 /* 8549 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. 8550 */ 8551 static void 8552 ins_ctrl_o() 8553 { 8554 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8555 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 8556 restart_edit = 'V'; 8557 else 8558 #endif 8559 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8560 restart_edit = 'R'; 8561 else 8562 restart_edit = 'I'; 8563 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8564 if (virtual_active()) 8565 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ 8566 else 8567 #endif 8568 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); 8569 } 8570 8571 /* 8572 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one 8573 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". 8574 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible 8575 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an 8576 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. 8577 */ 8578 static void 8579 ins_shift(c, lastc) 8580 int c; 8581 int lastc; 8582 { 8583 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 8584 return; 8585 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 8586 8587 /* 8588 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. 8589 */ 8590 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') 8591 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 8592 { 8593 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 8594 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ 8595 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ 8596 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8597 replace_pop_ins(); 8598 if (lastc == '^') 8599 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ 8600 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); 8601 } 8602 else 8603 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); 8604 8605 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) 8606 did_ai = FALSE; 8607 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 8608 did_si = FALSE; 8609 can_si = FALSE; 8610 can_si_back = FALSE; 8611 #endif 8612 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8613 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ 8614 #endif 8615 } 8616 8617 static void 8618 ins_del() 8619 { 8620 int temp; 8621 8622 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 8623 return; 8624 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ 8625 { 8626 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8627 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ 8628 || do_join(2, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE) == FAIL) 8629 vim_beep(); 8630 else 8631 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; 8632 } 8633 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ 8634 vim_beep(); 8635 did_ai = FALSE; 8636 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 8637 did_si = FALSE; 8638 can_si = FALSE; 8639 can_si_back = FALSE; 8640 #endif 8641 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); 8642 } 8643 8644 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp)); 8645 8646 /* 8647 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). 8648 */ 8649 static void 8650 ins_bs_one(vcolp) 8651 colnr_T *vcolp; 8652 { 8653 dec_cursor(); 8654 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); 8655 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8656 { 8657 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in 8658 * Replace mode */ 8659 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 8660 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) 8661 replace_do_bs(-1); 8662 } 8663 else 8664 (void)del_char(FALSE); 8665 } 8666 8667 /* 8668 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. 8669 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. 8670 */ 8671 static int 8672 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p) 8673 int c; 8674 int mode; 8675 int *inserted_space_p; 8676 { 8677 linenr_T lnum; 8678 int cc; 8679 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ 8680 colnr_T save_col; 8681 colnr_T mincol; 8682 int did_backspace = FALSE; 8683 int in_indent; 8684 int oldState; 8685 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8686 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ 8687 #endif 8688 8689 /* 8690 * can't delete anything in an empty file 8691 * can't backup past first character in buffer 8692 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 8693 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 8694 */ 8695 if ( bufempty() 8696 || ( 8697 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8698 !revins_on && 8699 #endif 8700 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 8701 || (!can_bs(BS_START) 8702 && (arrow_used 8703 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum 8704 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col))) 8705 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 8706 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) 8707 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) 8708 { 8709 vim_beep(); 8710 return FALSE; 8711 } 8712 8713 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 8714 return FALSE; 8715 in_indent = inindent(0); 8716 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8717 if (in_indent) 8718 can_cindent = FALSE; 8719 #endif 8720 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 8721 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ 8722 #endif 8723 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8724 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ 8725 inc_cursor(); 8726 #endif 8727 8728 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8729 /* Virtualedit: 8730 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space 8731 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd 8732 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going 8733 */ 8734 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) 8735 { 8736 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) 8737 { 8738 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; 8739 return TRUE; 8740 } 8741 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) 8742 { 8743 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 8744 return TRUE; 8745 } 8746 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 8747 } 8748 #endif 8749 8750 /* 8751 * delete newline! 8752 */ 8753 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 8754 { 8755 lnum = Insstart.lnum; 8756 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum 8757 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8758 || revins_on 8759 #endif 8760 ) 8761 { 8762 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), 8763 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) 8764 return FALSE; 8765 --Insstart.lnum; 8766 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; 8767 } 8768 /* 8769 * In replace mode: 8770 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it 8771 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back 8772 */ 8773 cc = -1; 8774 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8775 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ 8776 /* 8777 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the 8778 * cursor. 8779 */ 8780 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) 8781 { 8782 dec_cursor(); 8783 } 8784 else 8785 { 8786 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8787 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 8788 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) 8789 #endif 8790 { 8791 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ 8792 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 8793 8794 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at 8795 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken 8796 * again when auto-formatting. */ 8797 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) 8798 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) 8799 { 8800 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 8801 TRUE); 8802 int len; 8803 8804 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 8805 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') 8806 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; 8807 } 8808 8809 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); 8810 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) 8811 inc_cursor(); 8812 } 8813 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8814 else 8815 dec_cursor(); 8816 #endif 8817 8818 /* 8819 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced 8820 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated 8821 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the 8822 * characters that NL replaced. 8823 */ 8824 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8825 { 8826 /* 8827 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to 8828 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and 8829 * avoiding showmatch(). 8830 */ 8831 oldState = State; 8832 State = NORMAL; 8833 /* 8834 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor 8835 */ 8836 while (cc > 0) 8837 { 8838 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8839 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8840 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); 8841 #else 8842 ins_char(cc); 8843 #endif 8844 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 8845 cc = replace_pop(); 8846 } 8847 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ 8848 replace_pop_ins(); 8849 State = oldState; 8850 } 8851 } 8852 did_ai = FALSE; 8853 } 8854 else 8855 { 8856 /* 8857 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. 8858 */ 8859 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8860 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ 8861 dec_cursor(); 8862 #endif 8863 mincol = 0; 8864 /* keep indent */ 8865 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE 8866 && (curbuf->b_p_ai 8867 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8868 || cindent_on() 8869 #endif 8870 ) 8871 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8872 && !revins_on 8873 #endif 8874 ) 8875 { 8876 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8877 beginline(BL_WHITE); 8878 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) 8879 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8880 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 8881 } 8882 8883 /* 8884 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. 8885 */ 8886 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR 8887 && ((p_sta && in_indent) 8888 || (get_sts_value() != 0 8889 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 8890 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB 8891 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' 8892 && (!*inserted_space_p 8893 || arrow_used)))))) 8894 { 8895 int ts; 8896 colnr_T vcol; 8897 colnr_T want_vcol; 8898 colnr_T start_vcol; 8899 8900 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; 8901 if (p_sta && in_indent) 8902 ts = (int)get_sw_value(); 8903 else 8904 ts = (int)get_sts_value(); 8905 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since 8906 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of 8907 * the previous character. */ 8908 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 8909 start_vcol = vcol; 8910 dec_cursor(); 8911 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); 8912 inc_cursor(); 8913 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; 8914 8915 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ 8916 while (vcol > want_vcol 8917 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) 8918 ins_bs_one(&vcol); 8919 8920 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ 8921 while (vcol < want_vcol) 8922 { 8923 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ 8924 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum 8925 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) 8926 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8927 8928 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8929 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 8930 ins_char(' '); 8931 else 8932 #endif 8933 { 8934 ins_str((char_u *)" "); 8935 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) 8936 replace_push(NUL); 8937 } 8938 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 8939 } 8940 8941 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can 8942 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ 8943 if (vcol >= start_vcol) 8944 ins_bs_one(&vcol); 8945 } 8946 8947 /* 8948 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. 8949 */ 8950 else do 8951 { 8952 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8953 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ 8954 #endif 8955 dec_cursor(); 8956 8957 /* start of word? */ 8958 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) 8959 { 8960 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; 8961 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor()); 8962 } 8963 /* end of word? */ 8964 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 8965 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor()) 8966 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)) 8967 { 8968 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8969 if (!revins_on) 8970 #endif 8971 inc_cursor(); 8972 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8973 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8974 dec_cursor(); 8975 #endif 8976 break; 8977 } 8978 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8979 replace_do_bs(-1); 8980 else 8981 { 8982 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8983 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) 8984 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); 8985 #endif 8986 (void)del_char(FALSE); 8987 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8988 /* 8989 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set 8990 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base 8991 * character. 8992 */ 8993 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) 8994 inc_cursor(); 8995 #endif 8996 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8997 if (revins_chars) 8998 { 8999 revins_chars--; 9000 revins_legal++; 9001 } 9002 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 9003 break; 9004 #endif 9005 } 9006 /* Just a single backspace?: */ 9007 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) 9008 break; 9009 } while ( 9010 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9011 revins_on || 9012 #endif 9013 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol 9014 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 9015 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col))); 9016 did_backspace = TRUE; 9017 } 9018 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 9019 did_si = FALSE; 9020 can_si = FALSE; 9021 can_si_back = FALSE; 9022 #endif 9023 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) 9024 did_ai = FALSE; 9025 /* 9026 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo 9027 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal 9028 * with. 9029 */ 9030 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 9031 9032 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ 9033 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum 9034 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) 9035 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9036 9037 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that 9038 * was there remains visible 9039 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that 9040 * was there is erased from the screen. 9041 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar 9042 * displayed even when there isn't. 9043 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ 9044 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == -1) 9045 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; 9046 9047 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9048 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. 9049 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white 9050 * char before a Tab. */ 9051 if (did_backspace) 9052 foldOpenCursor(); 9053 #endif 9054 9055 return did_backspace; 9056 } 9057 9058 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 9059 static void 9060 ins_mouse(c) 9061 int c; 9062 { 9063 pos_T tpos; 9064 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 9065 9066 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 9067 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ 9068 if (!gui.in_use) 9069 # endif 9070 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) 9071 return; 9072 9073 undisplay_dollar(); 9074 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9075 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) 9076 { 9077 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9078 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; 9079 9080 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) 9081 { 9082 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the 9083 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ 9084 curwin = old_curwin; 9085 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 9086 } 9087 #endif 9088 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); 9089 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9090 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) 9091 { 9092 curwin = new_curwin; 9093 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 9094 } 9095 #endif 9096 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9097 can_cindent = TRUE; 9098 # endif 9099 } 9100 9101 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9102 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ 9103 redraw_statuslines(); 9104 #endif 9105 } 9106 9107 static void 9108 ins_mousescroll(dir) 9109 int dir; 9110 { 9111 pos_T tpos; 9112 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 9113 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 9114 # endif 9115 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9116 int did_scroll = FALSE; 9117 # endif 9118 9119 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9120 9121 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 9122 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */ 9123 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) 9124 { 9125 int row, col; 9126 9127 row = mouse_row; 9128 col = mouse_col; 9129 9130 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ 9131 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); 9132 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 9133 } 9134 if (curwin == old_curwin) 9135 # endif 9136 undisplay_dollar(); 9137 9138 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9139 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ 9140 if (!pum_visible() 9141 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 9142 || curwin != old_curwin 9143 # endif 9144 ) 9145 # endif 9146 { 9147 if (dir == MSCR_DOWN || dir == MSCR_UP) 9148 { 9149 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 9150 scroll_redraw(dir, 9151 (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); 9152 else 9153 scroll_redraw(dir, 3L); 9154 } 9155 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9156 else 9157 { 9158 int val, step = 6; 9159 9160 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 9161 step = W_WIDTH(curwin); 9162 val = curwin->w_leftcol + (dir == MSCR_RIGHT ? -step : step); 9163 if (val < 0) 9164 val = 0; 9165 gui_do_horiz_scroll(val, TRUE); 9166 } 9167 #endif 9168 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9169 did_scroll = TRUE; 9170 # endif 9171 } 9172 9173 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 9174 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9175 9176 curwin = old_curwin; 9177 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 9178 # endif 9179 9180 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9181 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. 9182 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are 9183 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ 9184 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) 9185 { 9186 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); 9187 ins_compl_show_pum(); 9188 } 9189 # endif 9190 9191 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) 9192 { 9193 start_arrow(&tpos); 9194 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9195 can_cindent = TRUE; 9196 # endif 9197 } 9198 } 9199 #endif 9200 9201 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) 9202 static void 9203 ins_tabline(c) 9204 int c; 9205 { 9206 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ 9207 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE 9208 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) 9209 { 9210 undisplay_dollar(); 9211 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9212 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9213 can_cindent = TRUE; 9214 # endif 9215 } 9216 9217 if (c == K_TABLINE) 9218 goto_tabpage(current_tab); 9219 else 9220 { 9221 handle_tabmenu(); 9222 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ 9223 } 9224 } 9225 #endif 9226 9227 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 9228 void 9229 ins_scroll() 9230 { 9231 pos_T tpos; 9232 9233 undisplay_dollar(); 9234 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9235 if (gui_do_scroll()) 9236 { 9237 start_arrow(&tpos); 9238 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9239 can_cindent = TRUE; 9240 # endif 9241 } 9242 } 9243 9244 void 9245 ins_horscroll() 9246 { 9247 pos_T tpos; 9248 9249 undisplay_dollar(); 9250 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9251 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE)) 9252 { 9253 start_arrow(&tpos); 9254 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9255 can_cindent = TRUE; 9256 # endif 9257 } 9258 } 9259 #endif 9260 9261 static void 9262 ins_left() 9263 { 9264 pos_T tpos; 9265 9266 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9267 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9268 foldOpenCursor(); 9269 #endif 9270 undisplay_dollar(); 9271 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9272 if (oneleft() == OK) 9273 { 9274 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 9275 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will 9276 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ 9277 if (!im_is_preediting()) 9278 #endif 9279 start_arrow(&tpos); 9280 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9281 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ 9282 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) 9283 revins_legal++; 9284 revins_chars++; 9285 #endif 9286 } 9287 9288 /* 9289 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to 9290 * previous line 9291 */ 9292 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 9293 { 9294 start_arrow(&tpos); 9295 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 9296 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 9297 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ 9298 } 9299 else 9300 vim_beep(); 9301 } 9302 9303 static void 9304 ins_home(c) 9305 int c; 9306 { 9307 pos_T tpos; 9308 9309 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9310 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9311 foldOpenCursor(); 9312 #endif 9313 undisplay_dollar(); 9314 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9315 if (c == K_C_HOME) 9316 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; 9317 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 9318 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9319 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 9320 #endif 9321 curwin->w_curswant = 0; 9322 start_arrow(&tpos); 9323 } 9324 9325 static void 9326 ins_end(c) 9327 int c; 9328 { 9329 pos_T tpos; 9330 9331 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9332 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9333 foldOpenCursor(); 9334 #endif 9335 undisplay_dollar(); 9336 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9337 if (c == K_C_END) 9338 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 9339 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 9340 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; 9341 9342 start_arrow(&tpos); 9343 } 9344 9345 static void 9346 ins_s_left() 9347 { 9348 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9349 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9350 foldOpenCursor(); 9351 #endif 9352 undisplay_dollar(); 9353 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 9354 { 9355 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9356 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); 9357 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9358 } 9359 else 9360 vim_beep(); 9361 } 9362 9363 static void 9364 ins_right() 9365 { 9366 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9367 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9368 foldOpenCursor(); 9369 #endif 9370 undisplay_dollar(); 9371 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL 9372 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9373 || virtual_active() 9374 #endif 9375 ) 9376 { 9377 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9378 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9379 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9380 if (virtual_active()) 9381 oneright(); 9382 else 9383 #endif 9384 { 9385 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9386 if (has_mbyte) 9387 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); 9388 else 9389 #endif 9390 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 9391 } 9392 9393 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9394 revins_legal++; 9395 if (revins_chars) 9396 revins_chars--; 9397 #endif 9398 } 9399 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the 9400 * cursor to the next line */ 9401 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL 9402 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 9403 { 9404 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9405 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9406 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 9407 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 9408 } 9409 else 9410 vim_beep(); 9411 } 9412 9413 static void 9414 ins_s_right() 9415 { 9416 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9417 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9418 foldOpenCursor(); 9419 #endif 9420 undisplay_dollar(); 9421 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 9422 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) 9423 { 9424 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9425 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); 9426 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9427 } 9428 else 9429 vim_beep(); 9430 } 9431 9432 static void 9433 ins_up(startcol) 9434 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ 9435 { 9436 pos_T tpos; 9437 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 9438 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9439 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 9440 #endif 9441 9442 undisplay_dollar(); 9443 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9444 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) 9445 { 9446 if (startcol) 9447 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); 9448 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline 9449 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9450 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill 9451 #endif 9452 ) 9453 redraw_later(VALID); 9454 start_arrow(&tpos); 9455 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9456 can_cindent = TRUE; 9457 #endif 9458 } 9459 else 9460 vim_beep(); 9461 } 9462 9463 static void 9464 ins_pageup() 9465 { 9466 pos_T tpos; 9467 9468 undisplay_dollar(); 9469 9470 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9471 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) 9472 { 9473 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ 9474 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 9475 { 9476 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9477 goto_tabpage(-1); 9478 } 9479 return; 9480 } 9481 #endif 9482 9483 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9484 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) 9485 { 9486 start_arrow(&tpos); 9487 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9488 can_cindent = TRUE; 9489 #endif 9490 } 9491 else 9492 vim_beep(); 9493 } 9494 9495 static void 9496 ins_down(startcol) 9497 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ 9498 { 9499 pos_T tpos; 9500 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 9501 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9502 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 9503 #endif 9504 9505 undisplay_dollar(); 9506 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9507 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) 9508 { 9509 if (startcol) 9510 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); 9511 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline 9512 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9513 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill 9514 #endif 9515 ) 9516 redraw_later(VALID); 9517 start_arrow(&tpos); 9518 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9519 can_cindent = TRUE; 9520 #endif 9521 } 9522 else 9523 vim_beep(); 9524 } 9525 9526 static void 9527 ins_pagedown() 9528 { 9529 pos_T tpos; 9530 9531 undisplay_dollar(); 9532 9533 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9534 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) 9535 { 9536 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ 9537 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 9538 { 9539 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9540 goto_tabpage(0); 9541 } 9542 return; 9543 } 9544 #endif 9545 9546 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9547 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) 9548 { 9549 start_arrow(&tpos); 9550 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9551 can_cindent = TRUE; 9552 #endif 9553 } 9554 else 9555 vim_beep(); 9556 } 9557 9558 #ifdef FEAT_DND 9559 static void 9560 ins_drop() 9561 { 9562 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); 9563 } 9564 #endif 9565 9566 /* 9567 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. 9568 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. 9569 */ 9570 static int 9571 ins_tab() 9572 { 9573 int ind; 9574 int i; 9575 int temp; 9576 9577 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) 9578 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 9579 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) 9580 return FALSE; 9581 9582 ind = inindent(0); 9583 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9584 if (ind) 9585 can_cindent = FALSE; 9586 #endif 9587 9588 /* 9589 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character 9590 */ 9591 if (!curbuf->b_p_et 9592 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != get_sw_value()) 9593 && get_sts_value() == 0) 9594 return TRUE; 9595 9596 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 9597 return TRUE; 9598 9599 did_ai = FALSE; 9600 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 9601 did_si = FALSE; 9602 can_si = FALSE; 9603 can_si_back = FALSE; 9604 #endif 9605 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); 9606 9607 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ 9608 temp = (int)get_sw_value(); 9609 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ 9610 temp = (int)get_sts_value(); 9611 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ 9612 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; 9613 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; 9614 9615 /* 9616 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in 9617 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any 9618 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. 9619 */ 9620 ins_char(' '); 9621 while (--temp > 0) 9622 { 9623 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9624 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9625 ins_char(' '); 9626 else 9627 #endif 9628 { 9629 ins_str((char_u *)" "); 9630 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ 9631 replace_push(NUL); 9632 } 9633 } 9634 9635 /* 9636 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. 9637 */ 9638 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (get_sts_value() || (p_sta && ind))) 9639 { 9640 char_u *ptr; 9641 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9642 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 9643 pos_T pos; 9644 #endif 9645 pos_T fpos; 9646 pos_T *cursor; 9647 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; 9648 int change_col = -1; 9649 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; 9650 9651 /* 9652 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes 9653 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. 9654 */ 9655 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9656 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9657 { 9658 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 9659 cursor = &pos; 9660 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); 9661 if (saved_line == NULL) 9662 return FALSE; 9663 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; 9664 } 9665 else 9666 #endif 9667 { 9668 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 9669 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; 9670 } 9671 9672 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ 9673 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) 9674 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; 9675 9676 /* Find first white before the cursor */ 9677 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9678 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) 9679 { 9680 --fpos.col; 9681 --ptr; 9682 } 9683 9684 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ 9685 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9686 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum 9687 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) 9688 { 9689 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; 9690 fpos.col = Insstart.col; 9691 } 9692 9693 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ 9694 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 9695 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); 9696 9697 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and 9698 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ 9699 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) 9700 { 9701 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol); 9702 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) 9703 break; 9704 if (*ptr != TAB) 9705 { 9706 *ptr = TAB; 9707 if (change_col < 0) 9708 { 9709 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ 9710 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ 9711 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) 9712 Insstart.col = fpos.col; 9713 } 9714 } 9715 ++fpos.col; 9716 ++ptr; 9717 vcol += i; 9718 } 9719 9720 if (change_col >= 0) 9721 { 9722 int repl_off = 0; 9723 9724 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ 9725 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') 9726 { 9727 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol); 9728 ++ptr; 9729 ++repl_off; 9730 } 9731 if (vcol > want_vcol) 9732 { 9733 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ 9734 --ptr; 9735 --repl_off; 9736 } 9737 fpos.col += repl_off; 9738 9739 /* Delete following spaces. */ 9740 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; 9741 if (i > 0) 9742 { 9743 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); 9744 /* correct replace stack. */ 9745 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9746 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9747 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9748 #endif 9749 ) 9750 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) 9751 replace_join(repl_off); 9752 } 9753 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 9754 if (netbeans_active()) 9755 { 9756 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1)); 9757 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, 9758 (char_u *)"\t", 1); 9759 } 9760 #endif 9761 cursor->col -= i; 9762 9763 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9764 /* 9765 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by 9766 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new 9767 * spacing. 9768 */ 9769 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9770 { 9771 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ 9772 backspace_until_column(change_col); 9773 9774 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to 9775 * ptr-cursor */ 9776 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, 9777 cursor->col - change_col); 9778 } 9779 #endif 9780 } 9781 9782 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9783 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9784 vim_free(saved_line); 9785 #endif 9786 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; 9787 } 9788 9789 return FALSE; 9790 } 9791 9792 /* 9793 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. 9794 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. 9795 */ 9796 static int 9797 ins_eol(c) 9798 int c; 9799 { 9800 int i; 9801 9802 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) 9803 return FALSE; 9804 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 9805 return TRUE; 9806 undisplay_dollar(); 9807 9808 /* 9809 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the 9810 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, 9811 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. 9812 */ 9813 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9814 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9815 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9816 #endif 9817 ) 9818 replace_push(NUL); 9819 9820 /* 9821 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts 9822 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the 9823 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done 9824 * in open_line(). 9825 */ 9826 9827 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9828 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after 9829 * CTRL-O). */ 9830 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) 9831 coladvance(getviscol()); 9832 #endif 9833 9834 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9835 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 9836 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) 9837 fkmap(NL); 9838 # endif 9839 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of 9840 * current line. */ 9841 if (revins_on) 9842 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); 9843 #endif 9844 9845 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); 9846 i = open_line(FORWARD, 9847 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 9848 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 9849 #endif 9850 0, old_indent); 9851 old_indent = 0; 9852 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9853 can_cindent = TRUE; 9854 #endif 9855 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9856 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ 9857 foldOpenCursor(); 9858 #endif 9859 9860 return (!i); 9861 } 9862 9863 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 9864 /* 9865 * Handle digraph in insert mode. 9866 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be 9867 * done. 9868 */ 9869 static int 9870 ins_digraph() 9871 { 9872 int c; 9873 int cc; 9874 int did_putchar = FALSE; 9875 9876 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 9877 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 9878 { 9879 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 9880 ins_redraw(FALSE); 9881 9882 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); 9883 did_putchar = TRUE; 9884 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 9885 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); 9886 #endif 9887 } 9888 9889 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 9890 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 9891 #endif 9892 9893 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the 9894 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ 9895 ++no_mapping; 9896 ++allow_keys; 9897 c = plain_vgetc(); 9898 --no_mapping; 9899 --allow_keys; 9900 if (did_putchar) 9901 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the next 9902 * line and will not be removed by the redraw */ 9903 edit_unputchar(); 9904 9905 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ 9906 { 9907 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 9908 clear_showcmd(); 9909 #endif 9910 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); 9911 return NUL; 9912 } 9913 if (c != ESC) 9914 { 9915 did_putchar = FALSE; 9916 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 9917 { 9918 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 9919 ins_redraw(FALSE); 9920 9921 if (char2cells(c) == 1) 9922 { 9923 ins_redraw(FALSE); 9924 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); 9925 did_putchar = TRUE; 9926 } 9927 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 9928 add_to_showcmd_c(c); 9929 #endif 9930 } 9931 ++no_mapping; 9932 ++allow_keys; 9933 cc = plain_vgetc(); 9934 --no_mapping; 9935 --allow_keys; 9936 if (did_putchar) 9937 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the 9938 * next line and will not be removed by a redraw */ 9939 edit_unputchar(); 9940 if (cc != ESC) 9941 { 9942 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); 9943 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); 9944 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 9945 clear_showcmd(); 9946 #endif 9947 return c; 9948 } 9949 } 9950 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 9951 clear_showcmd(); 9952 #endif 9953 return NUL; 9954 } 9955 #endif 9956 9957 /* 9958 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. 9959 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. 9960 */ 9961 int 9962 ins_copychar(lnum) 9963 linenr_T lnum; 9964 { 9965 int c; 9966 int temp; 9967 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; 9968 9969 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 9970 { 9971 vim_beep(); 9972 return NUL; 9973 } 9974 9975 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ 9976 temp = 0; 9977 ptr = ml_get(lnum); 9978 prev_ptr = ptr; 9979 validate_virtcol(); 9980 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) 9981 { 9982 prev_ptr = ptr; 9983 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp); 9984 } 9985 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) 9986 ptr = prev_ptr; 9987 9988 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9989 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); 9990 #else 9991 c = *ptr; 9992 #endif 9993 if (c == NUL) 9994 vim_beep(); 9995 return c; 9996 } 9997 9998 /* 9999 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. 10000 */ 10001 static int 10002 ins_ctrl_ey(tc) 10003 int tc; 10004 { 10005 int c = tc; 10006 10007 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10008 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) 10009 { 10010 if (c == Ctrl_Y) 10011 scrolldown_clamp(); 10012 else 10013 scrollup_clamp(); 10014 redraw_later(VALID); 10015 } 10016 else 10017 #endif 10018 { 10019 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); 10020 if (c != NUL) 10021 { 10022 long tw_save; 10023 10024 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it 10025 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' 10026 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a 10027 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ 10028 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) 10029 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ 10030 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; 10031 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; 10032 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); 10033 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; 10034 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10035 revins_chars++; 10036 revins_legal++; 10037 #endif 10038 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ 10039 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 10040 } 10041 } 10042 return c; 10043 } 10044 10045 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 10046 /* 10047 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. 10048 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. 10049 */ 10050 static void 10051 ins_try_si(c) 10052 int c; 10053 { 10054 pos_T *pos, old_pos; 10055 char_u *ptr; 10056 int i; 10057 int temp; 10058 10059 /* 10060 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' 10061 */ 10062 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) 10063 { 10064 /* 10065 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' 10066 */ 10067 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) 10068 { 10069 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; 10070 /* 10071 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring 10072 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line 10073 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the 10074 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple 10075 * lines -- webb 10076 */ 10077 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); 10078 i = pos->col; 10079 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ 10080 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) 10081 ; 10082 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; 10083 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; 10084 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) 10085 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; 10086 i = get_indent(); 10087 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; 10088 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10089 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10090 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); 10091 else 10092 #endif 10093 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); 10094 } 10095 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 10096 { 10097 /* 10098 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not 10099 * more than indent of previous line 10100 */ 10101 temp = TRUE; 10102 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 10103 { 10104 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; 10105 i = get_indent(); 10106 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 10107 { 10108 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); 10109 10110 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ 10111 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) 10112 break; 10113 } 10114 if (get_indent() >= i) 10115 temp = FALSE; 10116 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; 10117 } 10118 if (temp) 10119 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); 10120 } 10121 } 10122 10123 /* 10124 * set indent of '#' always to 0 10125 */ 10126 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') 10127 { 10128 /* remember current indent for next line */ 10129 old_indent = get_indent(); 10130 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); 10131 } 10132 10133 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ 10134 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) 10135 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 10136 } 10137 #endif 10138 10139 /* 10140 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. 10141 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. 10142 */ 10143 static colnr_T 10144 get_nolist_virtcol() 10145 { 10146 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) 10147 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); 10148 validate_virtcol(); 10149 return curwin->w_virtcol; 10150 } 10151 10152 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 10153 /* 10154 * Handle the InsertCharPre autocommand. 10155 * "c" is the character that was typed. 10156 * Return a pointer to allocated memory with the replacement string. 10157 * Return NULL to continue inserting "c". 10158 */ 10159 static char_u * 10160 do_insert_char_pre(c) 10161 int c; 10162 { 10163 char_u *res; 10164 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 10165 10166 /* Return quickly when there is nothing to do. */ 10167 if (!has_insertcharpre()) 10168 return NULL; 10169 10170 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10171 if (has_mbyte) 10172 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 10173 else 10174 #endif 10175 { 10176 buf[0] = c; 10177 buf[1] = NUL; 10178 } 10179 10180 /* Lock the text to avoid weird things from happening. */ 10181 ++textlock; 10182 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1); /* set v:char */ 10183 10184 res = NULL; 10185 if (apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHARPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf)) 10186 { 10187 /* Get the value of v:char. It may be empty or more than one 10188 * character. Only use it when changed, otherwise continue with the 10189 * original character to avoid breaking autoindent. */ 10190 if (STRCMP(buf, get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)) != 0) 10191 res = vim_strsave(get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)); 10192 } 10193 10194 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); /* clear v:char */ 10195 --textlock; 10196 10197 return res; 10198 } 10199 #endif 10200